Skip to main content

Full text of "Quarto-centennial celebration, University of Colorado, November 13, 14 and 15, 1902, Boulder, Colo"

See other formats


(  ""^  1 

^i;'' 

\\%(o      1 

^B 

iqo2,    1 

^^^^^^^^W'^ 

y      ■:,'' 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL 
CELEBRATION, 


University  of  Colorado 


BOULDER,  COLORADO 
1902 


%       ,:„:Ta^ 


Til* 


University  of  Colorado  Bulletin 


Vol.2.       boulder,  COLORADO,  DECEMBER,  1902.       No.  4. 

Published  Quarterly  by  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  Colorado.    Entered  at  the  Post  Office, 
Boulder,  Colorado,  as  second-class  mail  matter. 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION 
UNIVERSITY  OF  COLORADO 

NOVEMBER  13,  14  AND  15,  1902 
BOULDER,  COLO. 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  COLORADO 


Oscar  J.  Pfeiffer,  B.A.,  M.D.  *\.. ; ^Denver 

•  •  * 

Will  J.  Orange V.* Pueblo 

Harold  D.  Thompson/  B.A Cripple  Creeh 

David  M.  Kichards Denver 

William  H.  Bryant,  B.S.,  LL.B Denver 

Frank  E.  Kendrick.  : Leadville 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  BOARD 

James  H.  Baker Boulder 

(President  of  the  University.) 

Edward  J.  Morath Boulder 

William  S.  Bellman Boulder 


.President 


.Secretary 
Treasurer 


Gift 
The  University 

15  \'>m 


TMP96-02  3i98 


CONTENTS 


Programme  of  Exercises 4 

General  Account  of  the  Celebration 5 

Programme  of  the  Exercises  of  the  Law  School 7 

Address  before  the  Law  School  by  Professor  Albert  A^.  Reed ....  9 
Address  before  the  Law  School  by  Mr.  Frederick  l!^.  Judson  of 

St  Louis,  Mo 12 

Programme  of  the  Quarto-Centennial  Concert » .  .  30 

Programme  of  the  Exercises  of  the  Medical  School 31 

Address  before  the  Medical  School  by  Dean  Luman  M.  Giffin.  .  31 
Address  before  the  Medical  School  by  Professor  Frederic  S.  Lee 

of  Columbia  University 33 

Programme  of  the  Exercises  of  the  School  of  Applied  Science.  .  51 
Address  before  the  School  of  Applied  Science  by  Dean  George  H. 

Howe 51 

Address  before  the  School  of  Applied  Science  by  Professor  Du- 

gald  C.  Jackson  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin 53 

Account  of  the  Students'  Parade 66 

Account  of  the  Receptions  and  Reunions 67 

Programme  of  the  General  Exercises 69 

Address  by  President  James  H.  Baker  at  the  General  Exercises .  70 
Oration  by  President  Jacob  Gould  Schurman  of  Cornell  Univer- 
sity delivered  at  the  General  Exercises 75 

Account  of  the  Alumni  Dinner  with  Report  of  the  Addresses.  . .  99 

List  of  Delegates  appointed  by  Other  Institutions 108 

Historical  Data 109 

Index 110 


PROGRAMME  OF  EXERCISES 


THUESDAY,  NOVEMBER  13. 

2 :30  p.  m. — University  Auditoriuin. 

Address  before  the  School  of  Law :  The  Quarter  Century  in  Amer- 
ican Jurisprudence,  FREDERICK  N.  JUDSON,  M.  A.,  LL.  B., 
St.  Louis,  Mo. 
8 :00  p.  m. — Presbyterian  Church. 

Grand  Concert:  MADAME  SUZANNE  ADAMS,  Soprano;  MR. 
LEO  STERN,  Violoncello;  MR.  JOHN  P.  LANGS,  Piano. 
Tickets  $1.00. 

FRIDAY,  NOVEMBER  14. 

10:30  a.  m. — University  Auditorium. 

Address  before  the  School  of  Medicine :   The  Scientific  Aspect  of 
Modern  Medicine,  FREDERIC  S.  LEE,  Ph.  D.,  Adjunct  Pro- 
fessor of  Physiology,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  Co- 
lumbia University. 
2  :30  p.  m. — University  Auditorium. 

Address  before  the  School  of  Applied  Science:    The  Potency  of 
Engineering   Schools  and  their  Imperfections,   DUGALD   C. 
JACKSON,  C.  E.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin. 
T  :00  p.  m. — University  Campus. 

Students'  Parade,  beginning  on  the  Campus,  proceeding  to  the 
City,  and  returning  to  the  Campus. 
8:00  p.m. — Main  Building. 
Reception  and  Reunions. 

SATURDAY,  NOVEMBER  15. 

10  :00  a.  m. — Presbyterian  Church. 

Address,  PRESIDENT  BAKER. 

Oration,  JACOB  GOULD  SCHURMAN,  D.  Sc,  LL.  D.,  Presi- 
dent of  Cornell  University. 
1 :00  p.  m. — G5rmnasium. 

Alumni  Dinner  to  Alumni,  Regents,  Faculties  and  invited  guests. 
$1.00  per  plate. 


outline  account  of  the  entire 
<:elebration 

THUKSDAY,  NOVEMBER  13. 

The  exercises  of  the  Law  School  were  held  at  2  :30  in  the  afternoon. 
Mr.  Frederick  N.  Judson,  a  prominent  member  of  the  St.  Louis  bar, 
gave  the  principal  address.  His  subject  was  the  ^^Quarter-century  in 
American  Jurisprudence."  His  treatment  of  the  subject  was  scholarly 
and  showed  a  complete  mastery  of  details  of  progress  in  jurisprudence. 

The  grand  concert  of  the  Quarto- Centennial  Celebration  took  place 
in  the  evening  at  the  Presbyterian  church,  Boulder.  Never  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  University  had  so  fine  a  musical  treat  been  offered  to  the 
public.  The  artists  were  Mme.  Suzanne  Adams,  prima  donna  soprano 
of  the  Metropolitan  Opera  House,  New  York,  and  Covent  Garden,  Lon- 
don; Mr.  Leo  Stern,  violoncellist;  and  Mr.  John  P.  Langs,  pianist, 
the  instructor  in  music  at  the  University.  Citizens  of  Boulder  as  well 
as  members  of  the  University  were  delighted  to  have  such  an  entertain- 
ment offered.    It  was  an  artistic  and  social  success. 

FRIDAY,  NOVEMBER  14. 

In  the  morning  the  University  Auditorium  was  well  filled  with  stu- 
dents, citizens  and  visitors  who  listened  to  an  address  by  Dr.  Frederic 
S.  Lee  of  New  York  on  "The  Scientific  Aspect  of  Modern  Medicine." 
Dr.  Lee  is  a  physiologist  of  note  whose  work  at  the  College  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons  of  Columbia  University  has  brought  him  into  prominence 
among  medical  men.  In  addition  to  Dr.  Lee's  address  there  was  a  short 
historical  account  of  the  medical  school  given  by  Dr.  Lumah  M.  Giffin, 
the  dean  of  the  department.  Dr.  Giffin  traced  the  growth  of  the  depart- 
ment from  its  founding  in  1883  to  the  present  time. 

In  the  afternoon  at  2 :30  another  audience  gathered  in  the  audi- 
torium, this  time  to  listen  to  the  exercises  of  the  engineering  school. 
Dean  Rowe  of  the  school  made  a  few  remarks  concerning  the  growth  of 
interest  in  scientific  engineering  in  the  west  and  concerning  the  mission 
of  the  State  University  in  the  cause  of  the  various  applied  sciences.    He 


6  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

noted  the  fact  that  the  engineering  school,  although  the  youngest  of  the 
professional  schools  at  the  University,  is  now  by  far  the  largest  and  is 
growing  with  the  greatest  rapidity.  The  principal  address  was  given  by 
Professor  Dugald  C.  Jackson,  the  head  of  the  department  of  electrical 
engineering  in  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  who,  besides  being  a  lec- 
turer of  note,  is  also  a  successful  practical  engineer.  His  address  was 
on  "The  Potency  of  Engineering  Schools  and  their  Imperfections." 

The  students^  parade  in  the  evening  was  most  original.  There  were 
lloats  appropriately  decorated  and  many  of  the  students  wore  costumes 
typical  of  early  life  in  Colorado  or  typical  of  the  department  which  they 
represented. 

After  the  parade  came  the  receptions  and  reunions  in  the  Main 
Building.  The  Eeception  Committees  represented  the  Faculties,  Alumni, 
Old  Timers  and  present  students.  There  was  a  very  large  attendance 
both  of  university  people  and  of  citizens  of  Boulder. 

SATUEUAY,  NOVEMBEE  15. 

In  the  morning  the  exercises  were  held  in  the  Presbyterian  church. 
President  Baker  gave  a  short  historical  address  in  regard  to  the  Univer- 
sity. Dr.  Jacob  Gould  Schurman,  President  of  Cornell  University,  was 
the  orator  of  the  day.  He  spoke  concerning  certain  university  problems 
suggested  on  reading  the  Charter  of  the  University.  Dr.  Joseph  A. 
Sewall,  first  president  of  the  University,  made  a  few  remarks.  He  was 
followed  by  Governor  James  B.  Orman.  Other  addresses  were  made  by 
visiting  delegates  from  colleges  and  universities. 

In  the  afternoon  the  Alumni  Dinner  was  given  in  the  gymnasium. 
Mr.  Eichard  H.  Whiteley  acted  as  toastmaster.  Toasts  were  responded 
to  by  Mr.  Hugh  E.  Steele,  ex-President  Joseph  A.  Sewall  and  General 
Irving  Hale. 


QUAKTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION. 


THURSDAY   AFTERNOON 


EXERCISES  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


PROGRAMME. 


Music* 


Invocation* 


Priests'  March  from  Athalie. 
Orchestra. 

Rev.  Henry  H.  Walker,  Ph.  D. 


Mendelssohn. 


Historical  Address* 

Professor  Albert  A.  Reed,  LL.  B. 

Music — ^Vocal  Solo.  In  a  Persian  Garden. 

Miss  May  Whitmore. 

Address* 

The  Quarter  Century  in  American  Jnrisprndence. 
Frederick  N.  Judson,  M.  A.,  LL.  B.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


Liza  Lehmann. 


The  exercises  of  the  Law  School  were  held  at  2 :30  p.  m.  in  the 
University  auditorium.  After  the  orchestra  number  President  Baker 
rose  and  said: 

Before  proceeding  with  the  printed  programme,  I  have  an  announce- 
ment to  make,  one  part  of  it  painful,  and  the  other  pleasant.  It  refers  to  a 
resignation  in  the  School  of  Law.  In  this  instance,  we  can  do  as  is  cus- 
tomary in  monarchies:  we  can  say  "The  king  is  dead"  and  in  the  same 
breath,  "Live  the  king."    Judge  Hallett  has,  very  greatly  to  our  regret,  after 


8  UI^IVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

earnest  solicitation  that  he  would  reconsider,  tendered  his  resignation,  made 
necessary  because  of  the  claims  of  his  regular  duties,  and  I  believe  that  he 
sincerely  and  deeply  regrets  that  he  is  obliged  to  take  this  step.  Judge 
Hallett  was  at  the  beginning;  he  helped  the  beginning;  in  fact,  he  was 
the  beginning,  and  he  has  been  with  us  ever  since,  giving  to  us  such  of  his 
time  as  he  could  spare  from  other  very  weighty  duties.  We  shall  not  let 
him  go  until  he  makes  his  last  bow.  By  the  way,  I  shall,  if  possible,  con- 
trive to  attach  him  to  us  as  an  emeritus.  I  think  we  will  find  a  way  to  do  it. 
Hon.  John  Campbell,  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court,  has  con- 
sented, after  urgent  solicitation  by  the  Board  of  Regents,  to  accept  the 
deanship  of  the  School.  Later  he  will  also  be  asked  to  make  his  bow.  Judge 
Hallett. 

Judge  Hallett  said: 

I  was  surprised  a  moment  ago  to  hear  that  I  should  appear  before  you 
to  make  my  last  bow.  I  am  not  therefore  prepared  to  indulge  in  those  rem- 
iniscences which  accompany  service  in  a  school  of  this  kind.  I  am  glad  to 
know  that  it  was  not  expected  that  I  should  do  so.  Another  gentleman  who 
is  quite  as  familiar  with  the  subject  as  I  am,  has  been  assigned  to  that  duty. 

I  retire  from  this  School  with  sincere  regret,  but  I  am  unable  longer 
to  continue  in  this  service.  The  service  has  always  been  grateful  to  me, 
and  I  have  met  here  men  and  women  whom  I  have  learned  to  respect  and 
esteem.  I  am  glad  to  know  that  they  have  been  making  records  for  them- 
selves, many  of  them,  in  other  parts  of  this  State  and  in  other  States,  and 
that  they  are  an  honor  to  this  institution  and  to  the  instructors  by  whom 
they  were  taught.  It.  is  gratifying  to  me  to  be  able  to  know  also  that  you 
are  not  to  be  altogether  abandoned  by  the  judiciary  of  the  State.  Upon 
retiring  from  this  position,  I  shall  be  succeeded  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  the 
State,  and  you  could  not  drop  into  better  hands. 

The  next  speaker  was  Judge  Campbell,  the  new  Dean  of  the  Law 

School,  who  said: 

Mr.  President:  I  am  not  sure  that  the  founders  of  this  University 
were  aware  of  the  fact,  but  it  is  true,  nevertheless,  that  the  same  year  that 
this  University  was  founded  was  the  year  that  I  was  graduated  from  a  State 
University  of  a  sister  State.  Now  I  mention  that  fact  to  you  somewhat  in 
confidence,  but  at  the  risk  of  giving  you  a  clue  to  the  ripe  old  age  to  which 
I  have  attained.  When  I  received  from  President  Baker  an  invitation  to  be 
present  at  the  Quarto-Centennial  celebration,  I  thought  that  I  could  appro- 
priately come,  because  I  could  help  celebrate  the  quarto-centennial  of  my 
graduation  at  the  same  time.  Now,  I  am  sure  that  so  long  as  Judge  Hallett, 
who  was  the  first  Dean  of  the  Law  School  of  the  State  University,  was 
willing  to  give  of  his  time  to  the  duties  of  that  office,  that  there  was  no  one 
in  this  State  who  wished  to  see  any  one  displace  him.  It  was  only  after 
I  had  received  assurances  from  him  that  it  would  be  impossible  for  him 


QUAKTO-CENTENKIAL    CELEBRATION.  9 

longer  to  continue  in  that  office  that  I  agreed  to  accept  the  appointment 
which  the  Regents  have  tendered  to  me.  I  cannot  hope  to  reach  the  degree 
of  success  which  he  has  in  the  discharge  of  his  duties,  but  with  the  assur- 
ances of  the  Regents  and  of  Mr.  Reed,  the  Secretary  of  the  Faculty,  that  I 
shall  be  relieved  of  much  of  the  detail  of  the  work,  I  have  consented  to  give 
as  much^of  my  time  and  as  much  of  my  attention  to  the  duties  of  this  office 
as  I  can  spare  from  the  work  which  I  must  necessarily  perform.  I  can  only 
say  that  with  the  help  of  the  resident  Faculty  and  of  the  instructors  and 
lecturers  of  the  University,  I  hope  that  we  shall  be  able  to  keep  up  the  work 
which  has  begun  so  auspiciously  under  the  leadership  of  Judge  Hallett. 

President  Baker  next  introduced  Professor  Albert  A'.  Reed,  the 
secretary  of  the  Law  School,  who  gave  a  short  address  outlining  the  his- 
tory of  the  School.    Professor  Reed  spoke  as  follows : 

ADDRESS  BY  PROFESSOR  ALBERT  A.  REED, 

The  catalogue  of  the  University  published  in  the  Spring  of  1892  con- 
tained the  following  important  announcement:  "The  Regents  have  decided 
to  open  a  Law  School  at  the  University,  September  next,  provided  suitable 
arrangements  may  be  made.  Without  doubt  the  department  will  be  opened 
at  that  date  under  the  management  of  the  strongest  law  faculty  that  Colo- 
rado can  furnish." 

This  notice,  simple  in  form,  had  been  preceded  by  careful  considera- 
tion of  the  needs  of  the  State  and  the  opportunities  for  work  in  this  depart- 
ment of  education.  President  Baker  had  recently  been  chosen  chief  exec- 
utive of  the  University  and  among  other  important  matters  the  organiza- 
tion of  this  professional  school  received  his  earnest  attention. 

With  the  advice  and  encouragement  of  the  Regents,  aided  by  valuable 
suggestions  from  Judge  Hallett,  Mr.  Charles  M.  Campbell  and  others,  the 
plans  for  the  school  were  formulated. 

During  the  summer  of  1892  a  Prospectus  was  published  and  given  wide 
circulation.  On  the  title  page  of  that  publication  is  the  following  language 
— a  quotation  from  the  late  Chief  Justice  Waite: 

"The  time  has  gone  by  when  an  eminent  lawyer,  in  full  practice,  can 
take  a  class  of  students  into  his  office  and  become  their  teacher;  once  that 
was  practicable,  but  now  it  is  not.  The  consequence  is  that  the  law  schools 
are  now  a  necessity." 

One  of  the  most  devoted  friends  of  the  department  in  those  early  days 
was  Mr.  Campbell,  then  secretary  of  the  school.  A  large  part  of  his  time 
was  cheerfully  given  to  promote  its  interests.  He  prepared  the  first  liter- 
ature printed  for  the  use  of  the  school.  In  an  introductory  note  published 
in  the  first  bulletin  he  wrote: 


10  UI^IVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

"That  amazing  changes  have  taken  place  in  this  country  within  the  last 
few  years  in  regard  to  legal  education  and  that  great  advances  have  been 
made,  is  manifest  from  the  well  equipped  Law  Schools  connected  with  our 
Universities.  The  old  fashioned  method  of  studying  law  in  the  office  of  a 
practising  attorney  is  almost  a  practise  of  the  past;  just  as  the  old  fash- 
ioned method  of  studying  medicine  is  practically  abandoned.  This  change 
has  come  about  slowly,  and  although  not  fully  accomplished,  nevertheless, 
the  efficient  instruction  in  the  Law  Schools  is  receiving  the  general  recog- 
nition of  the  eminent  jurists  and  lawyers  in  every  State  in  the  Union.  The 
prevailing  opinion  of  the  Bench  and  Bar  is,  that  the  theoretic  study  of  the 
law,  as  a  preparation  for  legal  practise  and  professional  success  is  best 
attained  in  the  lecture  room  of  the  law  school,  where  the  fundamental  prin- 
ciples of  English  and  American  law  are  taught  by  able  lecturers  and  in- 
structors." 

The  Regents  had  announced  that  the  law  faculty  would  be  a  strong 
one;  they  kept  their  promise.  The  names  will  be  recognized  as  those  of 
leaders  of  the  bar  of  this  State: 

Moses  Hallett,  Vincent  D.  Markham,  Ebenezer  T.  Wells,  Willard  Teller, 
Hugh  Butler,  John  Campbell,  Oscar  F.  A.  Greene,  Charles  S.  Thomas, 
Charles  M.  Campbell,  Merrick  A.  Rogers,  Alfred  C.  Phelps,  William  C. 
Kingsley  and  George  Rogers. 

The  school  opened  in  conformity  with  the  announcement.  The  enroll- 
ment for  the  first  year  was  twenty-three,  of  whom  twelve  finished  the  course 
of  study  and  were  awarded  the  degree,  "Bachelor  of  Laws."  With  one  ex- 
ception (Mrs.  Dunham)  the  first  graduates  of  the  law  school  are  living, 
are  actively  engaged  in  the  practise  of  their  profession  and  all  have  attained 
a  considerable  measure  of  success. 

In  1895  Wm.  L.  Murfree,  of  St.  Louis,  was  elected  Professor  of  Law. 
Under  his  wise  management  the  department  reached  a  higher  standard  of 
efficiency.  The  library  was  enlarged,  the  requirements  for  admission  were 
carefully  revised  and  the  character  of  the  work  done  in  the  school  was  ma- 
terially strengthened.  Those  who  knew  Professor  Murfree  well  and  who 
are  informed  about  his  influence  upon  our  law  school  will  not  hesitate  to 
give  him  large  credit  for  the  place  which  our  department  occupies  in  its 
relation  to  education  at  the  University  of  Colorado. 

In  1897  it  was  resolved  to  modify  and  enlarge  the  course  of  study  so 
that  i.  would  cover  a  period  of  three  years  instead  of  two  years.  There  was 
some  apprehension  lest  this  change  might  have  a  tendency  to  diminish  the 
attendance,  but  the  result  demonstrated  that  our  fears  were  without  real 
foundation.  The  three  year  course  was  inaugurated  in  September,  1898,  and 
our  department  opened  with  a  larger  number  of  students  than  ever  before. 

About  the  same  time  the  rules  were  amended  so  as  to  require  the  ap- 
plicant for  admission  to  present  evidence  of  graduation  from  an  accredited 
high  school  or  an  equivalent.     The  policy  of  encouraging  a  better  prelim- 


QUAKTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  11 

inary  education  will,  we  think,   meet  with  unqualified  approval  from  the 
members  of  the  Bench  and  Bar  of  this  State. 

The  methods  of  instruction  employed  in  the  department  have  not 
greatly  changed;  they  are  now,  as  in  the  earlier  years,  a  combination  of 
text  book,  case  work  and  lecture  systems.  The  work  of  the  school  has  been 
extended  to  cover  many  topics  not  treated  in  former  days.  Increasing  at- 
tention has  been  given  the  matter  of  teaching  practise.  This  branch  of  legal 
study  had  the  warm  support  of  the  late  Professor  Murfree.  The  following 
extract  from  our  catalogue  contains  a  suggestion  of  his  ideas  on  this  sub- 
ject: "The  transfer  of  legal  education  from  the  office  to  the  law  school  has 
been  marked  by  a  great  gain  in  thoroughness  and  fullness.  But  the  loss 
of  the  training  in  practice  afforded  by  the  business  of  the  office  }s  much  to 
be  regretted.  It  provided  the-^  student  a  sort  of  law  clinic,  the  want  of  which 
must  now  be  supplied  by  the  law  school  if  his  legal  education  is  to  be  com- 
plete. He  must  not  only  be  taught  the  principles  of  procedure  in  all  its 
branches,  as  jurisdiction,  pleading,  evidence,  trials  and  appellate  relief,  but 
he  should  see  these  principles  in  actual  practical  application.  To  some  ex- 
tent he  may  do  this  by  attendance  upon  the  courts  and  close  observation 
and  study  of  the  proceedings  there.  But,  beside  being  a  silent  spectator  in 
public  courts,  the  student  should  have  a  court  of  his  own,  where  he  may 
devise  remedies,  sue  out  process,  draw  pleadings,  prepare  instructions, 
make  briefs  and  argue  questions  of  law — and  perhaps  of  fact — frame  record 
entries,  save  exceptions,  and  preserve  them  in  the  record,  and  take  the  case 
up  on  error,  or  by  appeal.  To  supply  this  need,  the  Regents  of  the  Uni- 
versity have  authorized  a  Practice  Court,  presided  over  by  a  professor,  of 
practice.  A  court  room,  including  a  clerk's  office,  has  been  provided;  and 
the  records  and  files  are  kept  and  the  proceedings  of  the  court  conducted  in 
conformity  with  usage  and  practice  in  the  District  Courts  of  Colorado." 

In  the  early  part  of  1902  our  school  suffered  a  serious  loss  in  the  death 
of  Professor  Murfree,  who  had  devoted  his  entire  energies  to  the  promotion 
of  its  interests.'  His  whole-hearted  service  will  be  long  remembered  by 
faculty  and  students. 

Later  in  the  year  the  Regents  regretfully  accepted  the  resignation  of 
Hon.  Moses  Hallett,  who  had  been  Dean  of  the  Law  School  from  its  organ- 
ization. The  value  of  the  name,  the  personality  and  the  services  of  Judge 
Hallett  in  connection  with  this  branch  of  the  University's  work  can  hardly 
be  measured.  It  is  with  the  greatest  sorrow  that  we  contemplate  the  retire- 
ment from  active  service  of  our  late  Dean,  whose  interest  in  the  work  has 
been  so  great  and  whose  instruction  so  highly  prized  by  our  students. 

Within  the  last  few  days  the  Regents  have  announced  the  appointment 
of  Judge  Hallett's  successor;  we  are  happy  to  know  that  the  appointment 
has  been  accepted  and  Hon.  John  Campbell,  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  this  State,  is  now  our  Dean.  I  think  I  am  warranted  in  pledging 
to  Judge  Campbell  the  enthusiastic  support  of  faculty,  alumni  and  students. 


12  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

Since  the  organization  of  the  Law  School,  we  have  enrolled  270 
students.  For  various  reasons  many  fall  out  by  the  way  and  do  not  finish 
the  course.  It  is  generally  true,  however,  that  the  better  prepared  students 
remain  to  receive  degrees.  The  graduates  of  our  department  number  eighty- 
two.  In  1894  twelve,  1895  six,  1896  seven,  1897  nine,  1898  nine,  1899  thir- 
teen. In  1900,  in  consequence  of  the  change  in  1898  from  the  two-year 
course  to  the  three-year  course,  there  were  no  graduates;  in  1901  twelve 
were  graduated  and  in  1902  fourteen. 

Our  school  is  still  in  its  infancy,  the  graduates  are  young  men;  yet 
not  a  few  having  gained  distinction  in  the  profession.  Although  but  eight 
years  have  passed  since  the  first  class  was  graduated,  we  have  several 
judges  and  district  attorneys  among  our  alumni.  They  are  loyal  to  the 
institution  whose  degree  they  claim.  The  foundations  of  the  school  have 
been  laid,  the  work  done  has  been  creditable;  as  the  commonwealth  grows 
this  department  must  expand  and  enlarge  its  sphere  of  usefulness.  Our 
aims  are  to  train  the  youth  of  the  State  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
the  English  Common  Law,  to  inculcate  normal  ideas  of  right  and  justice, 
and  to  fit  our  students  to  take  such  a  part  in  public  affairs  as  will  yield  the 
best  results  for  the  whole  people  and  bring  honor  to  themselves  and  the 
institution  from  which  they  have  gone  forth. 


Introducing  Mr.  Jndson,  the  principal  speaker  of  the  occasion,  Dr. 

Baker  said: 

We  were  indeed  fortunate  in  securing  the  speaker  of  to-day.  Mr. 
Judson  is  known  not  only  as  a  lawyer,  but  as  an  author,  and  also  as  a  good 
citizen.  What  I  mean  by  a  good  citizen  in  this  case  is  a  man  who  takes 
an  interest  in  public  affairs,  and  engages  in  needed  work  of  great  reform. 
Mr.  Judson  is  noted  as  taking  a  great  interest  in  whatever  may  be  neces- 
sary for  the  public  welfare,  and  has  been  connected  with  many  reforms  in 
his  own  State.  As  he  wrote  me,  he  feels  not  altogether  a  stranger  to  us, 
because  our  Professor  Murfree,  as  he  expressed  it,  "was  brought  up  in  his 
office."    We  welcome  him  here  to-day.    Hon.  Frederick  N.  Judson. 


ADDRESS  BY  MR.  FREDERICK  N.  JUDSON  OF  ST.  LOUIS,  MO* 

THE  QUARTER  CENTURY  IN  AMERICAN  JURISPRUDENCE. 

Mr.  President  and  Ladies  and  Gentlemen: 

Your  kindly  introduction  and  reception  are  deeply  appreciated.  The 
invitation  to  join  in  this  celebration  of  the  anniversary  of  the  University 
appealed  to  me  with  peculiar  significance.  My  lamented  friend,  Mr.  Mur- 
free, your  late  professor  of  law,  had  given  me  for  several  years  past  a  per- 
sonal interest  in  the  foundation  and  development  of  your  law  department. 
We  had  been  life  long  friends.    He  was  one  of  my  pupils  in  his  school  days, 


QUAETO-CENTENI^IAL    CELEBRATION.  13 

and  a  student  and  practitioner  in  my  office.  I  join  with  you  in  deploring 
his  death,  untimely  indeed,  while  his  life  work  was  yet  unaccomplished. 

This  is  an  occasion  of  exceptional  historic  interest,  not  only  to  you  and 
those  interested  in  the  University,  hut  to  the  country  at  large.  Colorado 
was  the  Centennial  State,  and  as  your  University  is  almost  coeval  with  your 
State,  this  quarter  century  substantially  marks  the  first  quarter  of  the  sec- 
ond century  of  our  national  independence.  My  own  State  is  soon  to  cele- 
brate the  great  Louisiana  Purchase,  whereunder  the  territory  of  your  State 
was  secured  to  the  American  Union,  and  as  your  sister  State  in  the  territory 
of  that  Purchase,  sends  you  greeting. 

These  educational  foundations  are  founded  not  only  for  the  present, 
but  for  coming  generations.  These  anniversaries  therefore  have /more  than 
a  sentimental  or  even  a  patriotic  signincance.  As  generation  succeeds  gen- 
eration in  these  halls  of  learning,  these  recurring  anniversaries  serve  as 
the  great  marking  stones  of  human  advancemeut.  The  past  quarter  century 
has  been  one  of  marvelous  business  and  economic  progress.  About  a  year 
since  I  attended  the  Bi-Centennial  celebration  of  my  own  alma  mater,  Yale 
University,  and  heard  there  recounted  the  progress  of  civilization  during 
the  past  two  centuries.  But  the  progress  in  the  last  quarter  century  was 
greater  than  in  any  other  period  of  that  time  there  recounted,  and  indeed 
greater  than  in  any  similar  period  of  the  world's  history.  The  world  of 
1902  is  a  far  different  world  from  that  of  1877.  As  a  subject  germane  to 
this  occasion,  I  ask  your  attention  to: 

THE    QUARTER  CENTURY  IN   AMERICAN  JURISPRUDENCE. 

The  century  preceding  the  foundation  of  this  University,  which  is 
coeval  with  the  first  century  of  our  independence,  is  notable  for  great  legal 
reforms.  They  were  impressively  summarized  by  the  Supreme  Court  of 
the  United  States  a  few  years  since  In  sustaining  as  valid  under  the  Four- 
teenth Amendment  a  State  statute  regulating  the  hours  of  labor.  Thus 
were  enumerated  the  simplification  of  legal  procedure  by  the  elimination 
of  the  whole  fabric  of  special  pleading,  the  abolition  of  the  exclusionary 
rules  of  evidence,  the  sweeping  away  of  the  ancient  tenures  of  real  estate, 
the  abolition  of  imprisonment  for  debt  and  the  emancipation  of  married 
women. 

The  court  truly  said  that  these  reforms  had  commenced  even  .bejCore 
the  adoption  of  our  Constitution.  Indeed  our  independence  was  declared 
at  a  notable  period  in  the  history  of  our  jurisprudence.  Blackstone's  Com- 
mentaries had  then  been  recently  published,  and  Lord  Mansfield,  the  great- 
est of  common  law  judges,  who  was  justly  called  by  one  of  his  successors 
the  father  of  the  commercial  law  of  England,  had  been  for  several  years  the 
Lord  Chief  Justice  of  the  King's  Bench.  Of  Lord  Mansfield,  his  biographer, 
Lord  Campbell,  says:  "He  formed  a  very  low,  and  I  am  afraid  a  very  just, 
estimate  of  the  laws  of  England  which  he  was  to  administer.  *  *  His 
plan  seemed  to  have  been  to  avail  himself  as  often  as  opportunity  admitted 


14  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

of  his  ample  stores  of  knowledge  acquired  from  his  study  of  the  Roman 
civil  law  and  the  juritical  writers  produced  in  modern  times  by  France, 
Germany,  Holland  and  Italy." 

It  was  said  by  a  distinguished  jurist  of  this  country  in  a  recent' ad- 
dress, that  the  common  law  at  the' time  of  the  revolution,  relating  to  land, 
private  obligations  and  procedure,  was  but  little  advanced  beyond  semi- 
barbarism. 

SIMPLIFICATION  OF  PROCEDURE. 

Prominent,  if  not  foremost,  among  the  legal  reforms  of  the  century 
which  preceded  the  foundation  of  this  University,  was  the  simplification  of 
legal  procedure.  The  archaic  condition  of  the  law  of  procedure  is  illus- 
trated by  the  fact  that  trial  by  battle  was  not  formally  abolished  in  Eng- 
land until  1819,  and  it  is  only  in  comparatively  recent  times  that  the  relation 
of  procedure  to  substantive  law  has  been  clearly  and  definitely  understood. 
The  great  leader  in  this  reform  in  England  was  Mr.  Bentham,  in  the  early 
part  of  the  century,  and  it  was  not  until  many  years  after  his  death  that 
the  reforms  which  he  advocated  were  accepted  and  adopted  both  in  England 
and  America.  The  reform  code  pleading  was  adopted  in  New  York  in  1849, 
and  nearly  all  the  States  have  followed.  Lawyers  trained  in  the  common 
law  pleading  naturally  looked  upon  this  innovation  with  suspicion  and  dis- 
trust. But  no  State  which  has  adopted  this  reform  procedure  has  returned 
to  the  ancient  common  law  pleading,  and  no  State  which  has  abolished  any 
of  the  ancient  exclusionary  rules  of  evidence  has  restored  them.  We  would 
be  as  much  surprised  now  to  hear  of  such  a  suggestion  as  we  would  of  the 
return  to  trial  by  ordeal  or  wager  of  battle. 

During  the  quarter  century  which  has  passed,  the  quarter  centennial 
whereof  you  are  now  celebrating,  this  movement  for  the  simplification  of 
procedure  has  gone  progressively  forward.  Investigations  in  historical 
jurisprudence  have  demonstrated  that  extreme  technicality  in  procedure, 
such  as  we  had  until  a  comparatively  recent  period  in  our  own  law,  and 
such  as  we  find  in  the  Twelve  Tables  of  the  Roman  Law,  is  the  sign  of  an 
undeveloped  system  of  law,  in  which  legal  rights  are  subordinate  to  the 
procedure  to  enforce  them,  in  which  substance  is  secondary  to  form.  Thus 
Sir  Henry  Maine  says  that  technicality  is  a  disease,  not  of  the  old  age,  but  of 
the  infancy  of  legal  systems,  and  he  adds: 

"It  would  not  be  untrue  to  assert  that,  in  one  stage  of  human  affairs, 
rights  and  duties  are  rather  the  adjective  of  procedure,  than  procedure  a 
mere  appendage  to  rights  and  duties.  There  have  been  times  when  the 
real  difficulty  lay,  not  in  concerning  what  a  man  was  entitled  to,  but  in 
obtaining  it,  so  ihat  the  method,  violent  or  legal,  by  which  the  end  was 
obtained,  was  of  more  consequence  than  the  nature  of  the  end  Itself.  As 
a  fact,  it  is  only  in  the  most  recent  times  or  in  the  most  highly  developed 
legal  systems,  that  remedies  have  lost  importance  in  comparison  with 
rights,  and  have  ceased  to  affect  them  deeply  and  variously." 


QUAETO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  15 

That  profound  legal  scholar,  the  late  Professor  Thayer,  whose  collec- 
tion of  cases  on  the  law  of  evidence  I  see  you  have  included  in  your  curric- 
ulum, says  that  the  body  of  judicial  business  of  public  courts  seven  or  eight 
centuries  ago,  lay  in  administering  rules  that  a  party  should  follow  this 
established  formula  or  that,  and  according  as  he  bore  the  test  he  should 
be  punished  or  go  quit.  Formalism  in  these  early  stages  of  society  was  a 
step,  but  one  of  the  first  steps,  towards  a  rational  system  of  determining 
controversies.  It  was  better  than  private  war.  Thus  the  determination 
by  chance  or  by  wager  of  battle,  was  an  advance  upon  the  primitive  state, 
where  men  took  the  law  into  their  own  hands. 

The  important  fact,  therefore,  in  this  progressive  development  of  our 
jurisprudence  is  the  growing  recognition  that  the  demand  fo^  simplicity 
in  procedure  does  not  spring  from  ignorant  revolutionists  or  radical  icon- 
oclasts, but  is  a  necessary  step  in  the  progressive  advance  of  a  rational 
jurisprudence.  As  forms  were  regarded  with  superstitious  reverence  in 
the  early  stages  of  society,  we  now  recognize  that  the  simpler  the  proced- 
ure, the  better  it  serves  its  purpose.  Time  and  experience  have  demon- 
strated the  wisdom  and  necessity  of  these  changes,  and  we  can  no  more 
return  to  the  old  order  of  things  than  we  can  stop  the  course  of  time.  This 
does  not  mean  that  accuracy  and  precision  of  statement  in  judicial  plead- 
ings will  be  any  less  important  than  they  are  now.  The  faculty  of  clear 
and  concise  statement  of  the  ultimate  and  constitutive  facts  in  issue  will 
always  be  effective.  But  substance,  and  not  form,  will  be  of  the  first  im- 
portance. 

Some  of  our  most  eminent  jurists,  including  Judge  Dillon,  believe  that 
the  separation  of  what  we  call  equity  from  law  was  originally  accidental 
and  unnecessary,  and  that  the  development  of  an  independent  system  of 
equitable  rights  and  remedies  is  anomalous  and  rests  upon  no  principle, 
and  that  the  tendency  will  be  for  equity  to  be  merged  in  the  law. 

Distinct  chancery  courts  have  been  abolished  in  England  and  in  nearly 
all  the  States  of  this  country.  The  distinction  between  common  law  and 
equitable  remedies  remains,  though  they  may  be  administered  by  the  same 
tribunals  in  what  we  call  a  civil  action. 

THE  JURY  SYSTEM. 

Closely  allied  with  these  changes  in  the  simplification  of  the  procedure 
is  the  great  change  still  going  on  in  the  profession  as  well  as  in  Laws  and 
Jurisprudence  in  England  and  America,  in  the  popular  mind,  concerning 
our  historic  jury  system.  Although  for  centuries  unanimity  has  been  a 
peculiar  and  essential  characteristic  of  trial  by  juries  at  common  law,  and 
the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  has  held  that  a  Territory  had  no 
power  to  change  this  rule,*  it  has  been  changed  in  many  States.  Thus  in 
civil  actions  in  California,  Idaho,  Louisiana,  Nevada,  Washington  and  Mis- 
souri, a  three-fourths  vote  may  render  a  verdict,  while  in  Montana  two-thirds 

♦American  Pub.  Co.  vs.  Fisher,  166  U.  S.,  464. 


16  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

in  civil  actions  and  in  crimes  less  than  felonies,  and  five-sixths  in  Idaho 
in  all  cases  of  misdemeanor.  It  is  not  probable  that  public  opinion 
will  ever  consent  to  any  material  change  in  the  jury  system  in  criminal 
cases.  As  to  civil  cases,  however,  there  is  a  distinct  trend  in  favor  of  ma- 
terial change,  and  at  least  as  to  the  unanimity  rule,  and  as  to  the  elevation 
of  the  standard  of  intelligence  of  the  jury.  On  the  other  hand,  eminent 
jurists  have  given  their  testimony  in  favor  of  the  jury  for  determining 
issues  of  fact  when  properly  directed  and  advised  by  the  court.  Thus  the 
late  Justice  Miller  says:  "I  must  say  that  in  my  experience  in  the  con- 
ference room  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  which  consists 
of  nine  judges,  I  have  been  surprised  to  find  how  readily  those  judges  come 
to  an  agreement  upon  questions  of  law,  and  how  often  they  disagree  in 
regard  to  questions  of  fact,  which  apparently  are  as  clear  as  the  law.  I 
have  noticed  this  so  often  and  so  much  that  I  am  willing  to  give  the  bene- 
fit of  my  observation  on  this  subject  to  the  public,  that  judges  are  not  pre- 
eminently fitted  over  other  men  of  good  judgment  in  business  affairs  to  de- 
cide mere  questions  of  disputed  fact."*  Notwithstanding  this,  however,  we 
cannot  overlook  the  fact  that  there  is  a  growing  tendency  to  dispense  with 
juries  except  in  cases  where  unliquidated  damages  are  sued  for,  or  where 
one  of  the  parties  desires  to  appeal  to  class  prejudice.  It  has  been  said  that 
faith  in  the  trial  by  jury  has  declined  to  such  an  extent  that  it  has  come,  in 
many  cases,  to  be  a  maxim  of  professional  action,  that  good  cases  are  for  the 
court,  bad  or  doubtful  cases  for  the  jury. 

In  England  and  in  some  of  the  States  of  this  country,  a  party  must 
ask  for  a  jury  in  advance  in  civil  cases,  and  in  some  special  juries  of  pre- 
sumed higher  order  of  intelligence  may  be  called  by  either  party  on  pay- 
ment of  the  necessary  costs. 

In  my  own  State  the  three-fourths  rule  for  verdicts  in  civil  cases  was 
adopted  by  constitutional  amendment  two  years  since,  and  popular  as  well 
as  professional  opinion,  I  think,  approves  the  change  as  preventing  mis- 
trials and  conducing  to  a  speedier  determination  of  litigation.  Such  a 
change  would  not  have  been  possible  twenty-five  years  ago,  and  it  is  illus- 
trative of  the  distinct  trend  in  public  opinion  in  favor  of  speedier  determi- 
nation of  litigation,  even  at  the  sacrifice  of  the  cherished  historic  feature 
of  unanimity  in  our  jury  system.  Furthermore,  in  considering  the  future 
of  the  jury,  we  must  not  overlook  the  political  effect  upon  the  stability  of 
our  institutions  resulting  from  the  participation  of  juries  in  the  adminis- 
tration of  justice.  This  feature  of  the  jury  system  has  attracted  the  atten- 
tion of  foreign  observers,  and  it  was  notably  commented  on  by  De  Toque- 
ville,  who  mentioned  it  as  one  of  the  great  conservative  forces  in  our  polit- 
ical organization. 

CRIMINAL  PROCEDURE. 

There  is  a  distinct  popular  demand,  which  has  not  yet  found  full  ex- 
pression  in  legislation,  for  a  speedier  procedure  in  criminal  cases.  Lynching 
*21  Am.  Law.  Rev.,  pp.  861,  863. 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  17 

is  very  largely  the  expression  of  popular  discontent  with  the  existing  de- 
lays in  criminal  procedure.  It  is  said  that  the  number  of  accused  parties 
who  are  killed  by  mobs  in  the  United  States  is  greater  than  is  that  of  the 
criminals  who  are  executed  by  the  law.  There  is  a  strong  contrast  in  this 
respect,  that  is,  in  the  promptness  and  certainty  in  criminal  procedure, 
not  only  between  the  courts  of  this  country  and  those  of  Continental  Europe, 
but  also  between  our  courts  and  those  of  England,  though  the  latter  admin- 
ister as  we  do  the  principles  of  the  common  law.  This  was  forcibly  brought 
to  my  attention  a  few  years  since  in  attending  a  murder  trial  in  England 
at  the  York  Assizes.  The  prisoner  was  indicted  for  the  murder  of  his  wife 
and  child,  the  crime  having  been  committed  a  few  weeks  before  and  the 
indictment  was  returned  at  that  term  of  court.  The  defense  was  insanity. 
The  State  was  compelled  to  prove  the  commission  of  the  crime,'  and  three 
experts,  as  I  remember,  one  of  them  a  prison  physician,  were  examined, 
as  also  some  of  the  prisoner's  family.  The  trial  was  commenced  about  ten 
thirty  in  the  morning,  and  with  an  hour's  intermission  at  noon,  was  given 
to  the  jury  about  five  o'clock;  a  verdict  of  guilty  returned  in  fifteen  min- 
utes thereafter,  the  prisoner  was  immediately  sentenced,  the  judge  assum- 
ing the  traditional  black  cap  over  his  wig.  Some  two  weeks  later  I  read 
of  the  execution.  All  this  was  somewhat  startling  to  one  who  was  accus- 
tomed to  the  delays  of  our  American  jurisprudence. 

One  cause  of  delay  in  this  country  is  of  course  the  allowance  of  ap- 
peals in  criminal  cases.  I  was  informed  by  English  barristers,  however, 
that  there  was  a  strong  feeling  in  favor  of  allowing  such  appeals  in  Eng- 
land. It  is  very  doubtful  whether  our  people  would  be  prepared  for  so 
doubtful  a  remedy  as  the  abolition  of  appeals  in  criminal  cases,  though  it 
has  been  advocated  by  as  eminent  an  authority  as  Justice  Brewer. 

Another  cause  of  delay  in  our  American  procedure  was  impressed 
upon  me  by  contrast  with  the  English  procedure  in  this  case,  and  that  was 
the  comparative  absence  in  the  English  practice  of  discussions  of  questions 
of  evidence.  Thus  during  the  trial  I  do  not  think  there  were  more  than  two  or 
three  questions  of  evidence  raised,  and  they  were  promptly  decided  without 
discussion.  I  was  informed  by  English  barristers,  and  this  was  my  ob- 
servation in  attending  other  trials  both  civil  and  criminal,  that  questions 
of  evidence  are  not  often  raised  and  are  very  seldom  discussed,  and  that 
it  was  very  uncommon  in  civil  cases  to  carry  any  questions  of  evidence  to 
the  upper  courts.  One  reason  of  this,  as  I  was  Informed,  is  that  the  judges 
look  with  disfavor  upon  such  discussions,  and  as  the  influence  of  the  bench 
is  very  great,  far  greater  than  with  us,  a  very  serious  cause  of  delay  in  our 
procedure  is  removed. 

THE  LAW  OF  BVIDBNCB. 

Closely  associated  with  the  simplification  of  procedure  is  the  reform 
of  our  law  of  evidence.     Its  exclusionary  rules,  with  their  modifications. 


18  TJNIVEESITY   OF    COLORADO 

which  have  been  largely  repealed,  were  the  historic  outgrowth  of  the  jury- 
system,  that  is,  of  leaving  to  a  body  of  untried,  ignorant  men  the  determi- 
nations of  questions  of  fact.  Thus  in  cases  tried  before  the  court  without  a 
jury,  as  has  been  often  observed,  far  less  attention  is  paid  to  questions  and 
rules  of  evidence.  English  lawyers  who  have  attended  American  courts, 
have  expressed  themselves  surprised  at  the  great  amount  of  time  consumed 
in  discussing  questions  of  evidence  in  the  American  courts.  As  Professor 
Thayer  has  pointed  out,  our  so-called  law  of  evidence  includes  many  rules 
of  substantive  law,  and  the  tendency  is  inevitably  towards  the  further  sim- 
plification and  to  the  enlargement  of  the  discretion  of  the  court  in  admit- 
ting whatever  is  logically  probative  of  the  matter  in  issue,  and  in  excluding 
only  that  which  is  not  logically  probative,  or  is  excluded  on  clear  grounds 
of  public  policy  or  positive  law. 

PREROGATIVE  WRITS  AND  PREVENTIVE  RELIEF. 

Another  distinct  change  in  our  procedure  noticeable  in  the  last  quarter 
of  a  century  is  the  growing  demand  necessitated  by  new  business  condi- 
tions for  immediate  relief  through  the  use  of  prerogative  writs,  as  man- 
damus, prohibition,  certiorari,  wherein  the  highest  courts  are  frequently 
called  upon  to  exercise  original  instead  of  appellate  jurisdiction.  It  is  also 
marked  in  the  increasing  demand  for  preventive  relief  through  injunctions, 
though  in  this  particular  this  advance  in  our  jurisprudence  is  checked  by 
the  conservatism  of  our  judiciary,  who  frequently  cannot  divest  themselves 
of  the  ancient  common  law  prejudice  against  this  form  of  equitable  inter- 
position. This  ancient  prejudice  has  found  expression  in  the  United  States 
statutes.  Yet  notwithstanding  this,  in  the  notable  case  of  the  Income  Tax, 
the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  was  compelled  to  brush  aside  the 
statute  under  the  plea  that  the  injunction  was  against  the  payment  and  not 
the  collection  of  a  tax.  It  was  found  that  uncertainty  and  delay  were  so 
disastrous  to  the  public  as  well  as  private  interests  that  the  court  deemed 
itself  justified  in  taking  jurisdiction  and  deciding  the  case  upon  its  merits. 
Preventive  remedies  are,  under  the  changed  conditions  of  our  times,  often- 
times the  only  effective  remedy,  even  for  injuries  that  may  technically, 
though  not  actually,  be  compensated  in  damages. 

THE  FOURTEENTH   AMENDMENT. 

A  very  important  development  in  American  jurisprudence  in  the  last 
quarter  of  a  century,  growing  out  of  the  dual  character  of  our  government, 
has  been  the  enforcement  by  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  of  its 
enlarged  jurisdiction  under  the  B^ourteenth  Amendment,  which  prohibits 
any  State  from  depriving  any  person  of  life,  liberty  or  property  without 
due  process  of  law,  or  from  denying  to  any  person  within  its  jurisdiction 
the  equal  protection  of  the  laws.  This  amendment,  though  adopted  in  aid 
of  reconstruction  after  the  Civil  War,  and  proclaimed  in  1868,  its  vast  im- 


QUARTO-CENTEIT^riAL    CELEBEATION.  19 

portance  was  not  recognized  until  it  was  invoked  in  the  courts  some  years 
later.  Although  the  Supreme  Court  was  at  first  disposed  to  construe  this 
amendment  as  available  only  for  the  protection  of  the  colored  race,  it  was 
soon  recognized  that  it  placed  the  great  fundamental  rights  of  all,  whether 
individual  or  corporate,  under  Federal  protection  against,  by  State  author- 
ity. This  amendment  creates  no  new  rights,  except  in  the  declaration  of 
national  citizenship,  and  the  Supreme  Court  has  been  conservative  in  its 
construction  and  has  declared  that  it  does  not  deprive  the  States  of  their 
power,  subject  to  the  Federal  Constitution,  to  regulate  their  domestic  con- 
cerns. But  it  has  also  repeatedly  asserted  that  it  prohibits  any  discrimina- 
tion by  State  authority  which  are  of  an  unusual  character  and  unknown  to 
the  practice  of  our  government.  It  has  been  called  the  New  Charter  of 
American  Liberty.  In  the  language  of  the  late  Justice  Field,  "It  is  the 
shield  which  the  arm  of  our  blessed  government  holds  at  all  times  over 
everyone,  man,  woman,  and  child,  in  all  its  broad,  domain,  wherever  they 
may  go  and  in  whatever  relations  they  may  be  placed.  No  State — such 
is  the  sovereign  command  of  the  whole  people  of  the  United  States — no 
State  shall  touch  the  life,  the  liberty,  or  the  property  of  any  person,  how- 
ever humble  his  lot  or  exalted  his  station,  without  due  process  of  law;  and 
no  State,  even  with  due  process  of  law,  shall  deny  to  any  person  within  its 
jurisdiction  the  equal  protection  of  the  laws." 

A  change,  however,  has  been  made  in  the  Federal  procedure,  which 
was  demanded  by  the  pressure  of  business  and  for  the  relief  of  the  Supreme 
Court,  and  that  is  the  establishment  of  United  States  Courts  of  Appeals, 
with  final  jurisdiction  in  a  large  class  of  cases,  in  fact  for  nearly  all  the 
cases  of  general  jurisprudence  involving  other  than  constitutional  ques- 
tions. One  result  of  this  change  is  to  be  deprecated,  and  that  is  the  loss, 
in  great  part,  of  the  unifying  infiuence  of  the  Supreme  Court  upon  the  juris- 
prudence of  the  country.  The  decisions  of  that  great  tribunal  upon  the 
different  branches  of  commercial  law,  such  as  insurance  and  common  car- 
riers, has  had  a  great  infiuence  upon  the  jurisprudence  of  the  country,  and 
it  is  to  be  hoped  that  through  the  exercise  of  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court 
in  the  issuance  of  writs  of  certiorari  to  the  Circuit  Courts  of  Appeal  that 
that  unifying  influence  will  not  be  wholly  lost. 

CULMINATION  OF  CASE  LAW. 

Thus  far  we  have  considered  the  development  of  the  law  of  procedure, 
that  is,  of  the  means  whereby  rights  are  enforced.  The  quarter  century  has 
also  been  an  eventful  period  in  the  department  of  the  substantive  law, 
though  the  development  which  we  are  now  to  consider  relates  rather  to  the 
written  expression  of  the  law  than  to  the  law  itself.  The  law  has  of  course 
expanded  in  its  development  and  adaptation  to  the  ever  varying  wants  of 
our  complex  society  and  busy  industrial  civilization.  This  very  expansion, 
while  it  has  enriched  our  jurisprudence,  has  brought  with  it  the  culmination 


20  UNIVEESITY    OF    COLOKADO 

of  the  case  system  and  the  doctrine  of  judicial  precedent,  which  for  centu- 
ries has  been  the  distinguishing  characteristic  of  our  law. 

The  fifteen  treatises  and  as  many  volumes  of  reports  in  Lord  Coke's 
time  three  centuries  ago,  have  grown  to  many  thousands.  Judge  Dillon, 
in  1891,  estimated  the  number  of  reports  in  England  and  America  at  eight 
thousand.  They  have  since  increased  at  the  rate  of  three  to  four  hundred 
volumes  per  annum,  so  that  our  written  law  is  now  found  in  over  twelve 
thousand  volumes.  In  a  recent  volume  of  the  New  York  Reports,  the  num- 
ber of  cases  cited  by  counsel  was  over  five  thousand.  The  publishers  of  the 
American  and  English  Encyclopedia  of  Law  announced  that  with  their  first 
twenty  volumes  there  was  791,964  citations  contained  in  22,238  pages,  this 
being  a  digest  of  only  a  portion  of  the  law.  The  annual  digests  of  Amer- 
ican cases  and  only  the  leading  English  and  Canadian  cases,  requires  two 
enormous  volumes  of  over  forty-five  hundred  closely  printed  double-column 
pages.  The  digest  for  the  six  months  ending  in  March,  1902,  included  over 
twenty-eight  thousand  digested  points  from  one  hundred  and  fifty-eight  vol- 
umes of  decision  and  from  the  "Reporters"  giving  opinions  in  advance  of  the 
regular  reports,  this  enormous  volume  representing  only  the  six  months'  in- 
crement.   Where  is  this  multiplication  to  end,  and  what  is  the  remedy? 

It  has  become  a  serious  question  with  the  profession  who  maintain 
private  libraries,  where  they  shall  find  office  room  for  the  accumulation  of 
case  law.  We  have  now  not  only  the  official  editions,  but  advance  reports 
in  the  various  "Reporters."  We  have  reports  not  only  of  the  highest  courts 
of  the  State,  but  reports  of  the  intermediate  courts  established  in  a  number 
of  States,  and  of  four  grades  of  Federal  courts.  The  original  law  dictionaries 
of  one  or  two  volumes  have  swollen  into  great  encyclopedias.  One  edition 
of  twenty-nine  great  volumes  is  hardly  completed  when  a  second  edition  is 
issued,  representing  only  the  substantive  law,  while  another  encyclopedia 
of  twenty-three  volumes  of  Pleading  and  Practice  is  issued,  as  well  as  still 
another  of  forms  and  procedure,  these  new  editions  being  necessitated  by 
the  vast  accumulation  of  case  law  in  the  few  years  since  the  first  edition  was 
published.  Now,  we  have  a  competing  encyclopedia,  and  our  mail  is  fiooded 
with  circulars  from  these  competitors,  each  criticising  the  completeness  of 
the  other. 

This  vast  accumulation  of  case  law  has  had  an  influence,  if  not  upon 
the  quality,  certainly  upon  the  length,  of  judicial  opinions.  Other  causes 
should  not  be  overlooked,  such  as  short  judicial  terms  in  many  States,  the 
crowded  dockets,  the  lack  of  time  for  condensation,  and,  perhaps,  not  the 
least  of  these  influences  is  the  increasing  use  of  stenography,  as  it  is  a  mat- 
ter of  familiar  knowledge  that  dictation  does  not  tend  to  condensation. 
It  is  interesting  to  contrast  the  opinions  of  Chief  Justice  Marshall,  many 
of  them  having  no  citations,  much  less  quotations,  or  the  opinions  of  Lord 
Mansfleld  in  those  great  leading  cases  which  mark  the  period  of  great  de- 
velopment in  the  English  law,  with  the  modern  opinions  even  of  eminent 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAIi    CELEBEATION.  21 

judges.  The  practice  seems  to  be  growing  of  filling  up  opinions  with  quota- 
tions from  former  cases,  with  reference  not  only  to  reports,  hut  to  treat- 
ises and  cyclopedias  and  even  digests.  Sir  Henry  Maine  ascribes  the  extra- 
ordinary length  of  our  forensic  arguments  and  legal  decisions  directly  to 
our  theory  of  judicial  precedent,  and  to  our  lack  of  an  accurate  legal  ter- 
minology, and  he  says:  "Hence  the  extraordinary  length  of  our  forensic 
arguments  and  legal  decisions.  Hence  that  frightful  accumulation  of  case 
law  which  conveys,  to  English  jurisprudence  a  menace  of  revolution  far 
more  serious  than  any  popular  murmurs,  and  which,  if  it  does  nothing  else, 
is  giving  to  mere  tenacity  of  memory  a  disgraceful  advantage  over  all  the 
finer  qualities  of  the  legal  intellect." 

THE  D0C3TRINB  OF  JUDICIAL  PRBCEDBNT.  ' 

We  all  know  the  case  lawyer,  who  knows  cases  and  has  a  certain  facil- 
ity in  finding  them,  but  knows  little  else.  Under  this  system  the  labor  of 
the  lawyer,  says  Mr.  Maine,  is  to  extract  from  the  precedents  a  formula 
which,  while  covering  them,  will  also  cover  the  state  of  facts  to  be  adjud- 
icated upon,  and  the  task  of  rival  advocates  is  from  the  same  precedents 
or  authors  to  elicit  different  formulas  of  equal  apparent  applicability.  Ten- 
nyson has  characterized  the  system  as: 

"The  lawless  science  of  the  law. 
The  codeless  myriad  of  precedent. 
That  wilderness  of  single  instances 
Through  which  a  few  by  wit  or  fortune  lead. 
May  beat  a  pathway  out  to  wealth  and  fame." 

i 

The  last  quarter  of  a  century  has  been  marked  by  the  earnest  discus- 
sion by  our  thoughtful  jurists  of  this  accumulation  of  case  law  and  by  the 
growing  conviction  among  them  that  the  doctrine  of  judicial  precedent, 
that  is,  the  authority  of  adjudged  cases,  will  be  profoundly  affected. 

Time  will  not  permit  any  detailed  discussion  of  this  doctrine,  its  his- 
toric development  and  its  qualifications,  or  of  the  theories  of  philosophers 
and  jurists  as  to  the  basis  upon  which  it  rests.  "The  life  and  soul  of 
English  law  have  ever  been  precedent."  It  is  needless  to  discuss  whether 
the  judges  make  law,  as  Bentham  and  Austin  said,  or  only  declare  it,  as 
was  the  view  of  Blackstone  and  Hammond.  We  are  forced  now  to  deal 
with  a  condition,  and  not  a  theory.  How  can  we  use  adjudged  cases  in  this 
enormously  increasing  volume,  so  that  the  law  may  still  be  enriched  and 
developed  by  new  applications,  and  yet  its  principles  be  expressed  in  a 
form  consistent  with  the  essentials  of  certainty,  convenience  and  access- 
ibility? One  result  will  be,  as  thoughtful  jurists  have  observed,  that  the 
importance  of  the  case  lawyer  will  be  diminished,  as  the  labor  of  examining 
the  multiplied  reports  becomes  more  and  more  onerous,  and  of  necessity 
resort  must  be  had  to  established  principles.    There  is  a  growing  tendency 


22  TJNIVEKSITY    OF    COLORADO 

in  our  courts  to  overrule  their  own  decisions,  when  change  in  the  member- 
ship of  the  court  or  reconsideration  satisfies  them  that  the  earlier  rule  was 
erroneously  declared  or  has  become  unsuited  to  changed  conditions.  We 
have  notable  illustrations  in  the  decisions  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
United  States  in  great  constitutional  questions,  as  in  admiralty  jurisdic- 
tion, the  legal  tender  cases,  the  regulation  of  interstate  commerce  and  the 
income  tax  cases.  So  frequently  have  such  cases  occurred  in  the  State 
courts,  that  the  rule  of  constitutional  law  has  been  declared  by  the  Supreme 
Court  of  the  United  States  that  contract  rights  may  be  impaired  by  a  change 
in  judicial  decisions,  and  that  such  decisions  reversing  former  constructions 
of  State  statutes  whereunder  contract  rights  have  been  acquired  can  only 
be  applied  prospectively. 

Judge  Baldwin,  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Connecticut,  an  eminent 
jurist,  says  in  a  recent  address:  "We  have  given,  I  cannot  but  think,  an 
undue  prominence  to  judicial  precedents  as  a  natural  source  or  enunciation 
of  the  law.  The  multiplication  of  distinct  sovereignties  in  the  same  land, 
each  fully  ofllcered,  and  each  publishing  in  oflicial  form  the  opinions  of  its 
courts  of  last  resort,  bewilder  the  American  lawyer  in  his  search  for  author- 
ity. The  guiding  principles  of  our  law  are  few  and  plain.  Their  applica- 
tion to  the  matter  we  may  have  in  hand,  it  is  the  business  of  our  profession 
to  make,  and  if  we  spent  more  time  in  doing  it  ourselves,  and  less  in 
endeavoring  to  find  how  other  men  have  done  it  in  other  cases,  we  should, 
I  believe,  be  better  prepared  to  inform  the  Court  and  serve  our  clients." 

It  is  said  in  a  recent  number  of  the  American  Law  Review  that  the 
editor*  had  heard  several  New  York  lawyers  of  distinction  make  the  com- 
plaint that  the  Court  of  Appeals  of  that  State  shows  more  and  more  an  in- 
clination to  disregard  hard  and  fast  rules  of  law  and  judicial  precedents,  and 
decide  cases  according  to  what  appears  to  them  the  justice  of  the  case  as  be- 
tween suitor  and  suitor;  and  we  are  sure,  the  editor  says,  that  this  complaint 
is  going  the  rounds  of  the  New  York  bar.  He  adds  that  the  president  of  the 
Washington  State  Bar  Association  recently  arraigned  the  Supreme  Court  of 
the  United  States  on  the  same  ground;  "and  no  higher  tribute,"  the  editor 
adds,  "was  ever  paid  to  a  court  of  justice." 

Different  remedies  have  been  suggested,  such  as  legislative  restriction 
upon  the  publication  of  reports,  the  non-publication  of  dissenting  opinions,  or 
the  opinions  of  other  than  courts  of  last  resort.  But  after  thorough  discus- 
sion it  was  resolved  by  the  American  Bar  Association  that  such  remedies 
were  impracticable.  The  Association  however  declared  in  favor  of  the  writ- 
ing of  short  opinions,  especially  in  cases  turning  on  facts  and  those  not  use- 
ful as  precedents,  and  doubted  the  utility  in  the  present  state  of  the  law  of 
using  decisions  of  inferior  or  intermediate  courts  as  precedents. 

The  doctrine  of  judicial  precedent  is  only  applied  by  our  courts  in  a 
qualified  degree  to  decisions  of  courts  of  other  States.    We  call  them  only 

*Ex-Judge  Seymour  D.  Thompson. 


QUARTO-CEI^TEITNIAL    CELEBRATIOTT.  23 

persuasive  authority.  So  far  as  the  decisions  of  the  same  State  have  become 
rules  of  property,  the  rule  of  stare  decisis  rests  upon  obvious  considerations 
of  public  convenience  and  private  security.  It  is  also  clear  that  the  decisions 
of  inferior  tribunals  must  be  controlled  by  the  law  as  declared  by  the  high- 
est courts  of  the  same  State.  Under  the  civil  law  on  the  Continent  of  Eu- 
rope, superior  tribunal's  are  required  to  put  their  judgments  in  writing,  and 
their  reasons  and  grounds  therefor,  so  that  the  decisions  are  part  of  the 
jurisprudence,  but  they  do  not  have  the  element  of  authority  that  they  have 
had  in  our  judicial  system, 

TENDENCY  TO  CODIFICATION. 

But  if  the  authority  of  adjudged  cases  is  done  away  with  or  lessened,  it 
may  well  be  asked  wherein  our  law  is  to  have  the  certainty  which  is  essen- 
tial, and  how  can  lawyers  advise  their  clients  as  to  their  rights?  If  every 
judge  is  to  do  that  which  is  right  in  his  own  eyes  and  decide  the  law,  as  an 
eastern  Califf  sitting  at  the  City's  gates,  bound  by  no  authority,  our  last 
estate  would  be  worse  than  the  first.  It  is  claimed  by  some  that  the  only 
remedy  for  this  uncertainty  iii  the  law  is  the  reduction  of  the  law  to  a  defi- 
nite statutory  form,  that  is,  in  codification. 

This  does  not  mean  that  the  whole  body  of  the  law  ought  to  be  at  once 
reduced  to  a  statutory  form,  or  that  judicial  construction  or  development 
of  the  law  by  application  to  new  complications  of  fact  can  ever  be  done 
away  with.  Codification  in  this  sense  is  not  a  reduction  of  the  unwritten 
law  to  a  written  law,  as  in  the  early  stages  of  judicial  systems,  where  cus- 
tomary law  was  reduced  to  writing,  as  in  the  Twelve  Tables  of  Rome.  It  is 
declaring  the  written  law  in  a  more  definite,  certain  and  accessible  form. 
Caligula  is  said  to  have  been  execrated  in  history  because  he  had  the  laws 
written  in  such  small  characters  and  posted  so  high  that  the  people  could 
not  read  them. 

We  have  what  has  been  termed  a  tacit  codification  going  on  where  the 
principles  decided  in  adjudged  cases  are  so  collated  that  rules  are  formu- 
lated from  them  which  become  acknowledged  and  adopted  as  a  statement 
of  the  written  law.  In  this  sense  the  results  of  codification  are  in  a  measure 
effected  by  our  great  text  writers,  whose  works  are  quoted  as  authority  by 
the  courts.  This  method  of  codification,  however,  is  not  adequate  in  this  vast 
accumulation  of  case  law  which  is  now  overwhelming  us. 

There  is  also  a  statutory  codification  pro  tantO'  going  on,  not  only  in 
the  different  States  of  this  country,  but  also  in  England  and  her  self-govern- 
ing colonies.  Every  legislative  act,  which  declares  the  law  upon  a  specific 
subject,  thus  declaring  a  rule  of  action  binding  in  future  cases  upon  that  sub- 
ject, is  insofar  codification.  It  differs  from  a  decision  of  the  court  declaring 
the  rule  for  such  a  case,  as  there  the  court  declares  not  only  what  is  the  law 
for  that  case  and  future  cases,  but  also  what  has  been  the  law  for  past  cases. 
You  have  illustrations  of  this  partial  codification  in  your  own  statutes.    This 


24  UNIVERSITY   OF    COLOKADO 

with  some  twenty  other  States  have  followed  the  recommendation  of  the 
American  Bar  Association  and  codified  the  law  of  negotiable  instruments. 
Many  States  have  followed  a  similar  recommendation  in  adopting  a  uniform 
form  of  acknowledgments.  An  English  statute  similar  to  our  statute  of 
negotiable  instruments  has  been  adopted  by  England  and  all  of  her  self- 
governing  colonies.  The  codification  of  the  law  of  sales,  known  as  the  sales 
of  goods  act,  was  enacted  in  England  in  1893  and  has  since  been  extended  to 
Scotland  and  adopted  by  Australia  and  other  colonies.  You  have  adopted  in 
Colorado  the  common  law  of  England  by  statutory  enactment,  as  we  did  in 
Missouri-  This  was,  however,  the  adoption  of  the  system  of  jurisprudence  to 
take  the  place  of  the  civil  law,  which  prevailed  in  the  territory  included  in 
the  Louisiana  purchase  when  acquired  by  the  United  States. 

It  is  not  necessary  on  this  occasion  to  enter  upon  the  discussion  of  the 
practicability  or  advisability  of  an  attempt  to  reduce  all  the  law  of  any  State 
to  a  codified  form.  It  is  perhaps  better  suited  to  the  character  of  our  people, 
to  the  gradual  development  of  our  jurisprudence,  that  this  process  should  go 
on  as  it  is  now  proceeding  in  your  State  and  in  mine,  by  the  gradual  enact- 
ment into  statutory  form  of  those  principles  of  the  law  which  are  definitely 
established  and  are  thus  capable  of  being  reduced  to  statutory  form.  Thus 
Mr.  Rose,  the  late  president  of  the  American  Bar  Association,  in  an  address 
before  the  National  Conference  of  the  State  boards  of  commissioners  for  pro- 
moting uniformity  of  legislation  in  the  United  States,  says,  "Whatever  diffi- 
culties there  may  be  in  in  the  way  of  codification,  and  there  are  many,  I 
think  you  must  always  recognize  that  this  is  a  goal  towards  which  we  are 
inevitably  tending.  There  seems  to  be  no  other  refuge  from  the  riotous 
and  pandemonium  confusion  of  cases."  That  this  tendency  exists  is  unmis- 
takable. Thus  our  penal  law  is  codified  in  all  the  States.  Several  States 
have  adopted  civil  codes,  wherein  the  law  of  personal  relations,  real  estate, 
personal  property  and  equity  have  been  codified,  as  well  as  the  law  of  action 
and  defenses.  Louisiana  has  had  such  a  code  for  over  sixty  years,  framed 
by  Mr.  Livingston.  Georgia  has  a  civil  code,  and  codes  more  or  less  complete 
have  been  adopted  and  are  in  force  in  North  and  South  Dakota.  The  codes 
of  the  two  latter  States  are  really  based  upon  the  territorial  code  made  by 
Dakota  before  it  was  divided  and  admitted  into  the  United  States.  It  is  said 
that  this  was  the  first  English  speaking  community  to  adopt  a  codification  of 
its  substantive  law.  It  was  framed  by  David  Dudley  Field  and  his  associates 
in  New  York,  and  for  the  adoption  of  which  in  his  own  State  that  eminent 
jurist  struggled  in  vain.  His  code  of  procedure,  however,  was  adopted,  and  has 
been  followed  by  the  great  majority  of  English  speaking  communities,  includ- 
ing England  and  her  colonies.  It  is  declared  in  the  code  of  North  Dakota, 
section  5147:  "The  rule  of  the  common  law  that  statutes  in  derogation 
thereof  are  to  be  strictly  construed  has  no  application  to  this  code.  This 
code  establishes  the  law  of  this  State  respecting  the  subjects  to  which  it  re- 
lates, and  its  provisions  and  all  the  proceedings  under  it  are  to  be  impartially 
construed  with  the  view  to  effect  its  objects  and  to  promote  justice." 


QUAETO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  25 

We  cannot  but  be  impressed  with  the  fact  that  no  State  which  has 
adopted  a  code  has  repealed  it  and  gone  back  to  the  system  of  finding  the 
law  in  the  vast  and  undigested  mass  of  adjudged  cases.  As  far  as  we  can 
judge  from  the  expressions  reported  in  the  proceedings  of  the  American  Bar 
Association,  the  lawyers  who  practice  under  the  codes  testify  in  their  favor. 
(See  Reports  of  American  Bar  Association  of  1885,  pp.  70  and  81,  and  of 
1886,  p.  47.)  On  the  other  hand,  it  appears  from  the  reports  of  the  States 
which  have  adopted  codes  that  their  judges  study  precedents,  refer  to  and 
apply  them,  in  a  manner  not  materially  different  from  the  courts  in  other 
States.  It  would  seem  therefore  that  the  doctrine  of  precedent  is  too  deeply 
rooted  in  our  judicial  system  to  be  removed  by  the  mere  adoption  of  a  code. 

But  whatever  the  objections  to  codification,  the  demand  for  certainty 
in  the  law  will  be  irresistible.  But  even  conceding  that  the  tendency  is  for 
the  reduction  of  the  law  to  a  statutory  form,  we  here  face  a  practical  difla- 
culty.  The  task  of  reducing  the  law  to  a  statutory  form  requires  the  highest 
order  of  legal  learning  and  skill.  The  codification  of  the  Roman  law  under 
Justinian  was  made  by  Tribonian,  the  most  learned  jurist  of  the  empire, 
and  therefore  Gibbon  could  say:  "The  vain  titles  of  the  victories  of  Justin- 
ian have  crumbled  into  dust,  but  the  name  of  the  legislator  is  inscribed  on  a 
fair  and  everlasting  monument." 

So  in  the  great  codes  of  modern  times,  the  French  and  German  codes. 
Napoleon  and  the  present  German  Emperor  called  to  this  work  the  most  emi- 
nent jurists  at  their  command.  How  different  the  problem  in  the  self-govern- 
ing  communities,  which  inherit  at  once  the  Anglo-Saxon  freedom  and  the 
common  law.  We  have  no  emperors  to  bring  to  this  task  juristic  ability,  but 
our  statutes  are  enacted  haphazard,  and  the  growing  distrust  of  our  legisla- 
ture leads  many  to  prefer  judge-made  law,  however  imperfect  and  uncertain, 
to  statute  law.  The  popular  as  well  as  the  professional  distrust  of  legisla- 
tures is  a  grave  complication.  The  great  volume  of  our  constitutional  law  is 
made  up  from  decisions  declaring  legislative  acts  unconstitutional. 

The  later  constitutions  of  our  States  contain  elaborate  and  detailed  re- 
strictions upon  the  legislative  power,  some  of  them  assuming  almost  the  di- 
mensions of  a  code  of  statutory  law,  in  the  attempt  to  protect  the  people 
against  their  own  representatives.  From  this  same  popular  distrust  of  our 
representatives  grows  the  demand  for  the  initiative  and  referendum;  vain 
attempts  however  to  remedy  the  failings  of  popular  government  by  abandon- 
ing the  principle  of  representation  which  makes  such  government  possible. 

THE  STUDY  OF  COMPARATIVE  JURISPRUDENCE. 

The  difficulty  which  this  situation  presents  in  even  the  gradual  codifi- 
cation of  the  law  is  indeed  a  grave  one.  But  it  must  be  met  and  surmounted 
as  all  of  the  other  evils  in  our  body  politic  and  civilization,  by  the  power  of 
enlightened  public  opinion,  and  therein  lies  the  duty  of  our  profession  and 


26  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

the  usefulness  of  our  Schools  of  Law  and  Bar  Associations,  in  directing  and 
educating  that  public  opinion. 

This  crisis  in  the  development  of  our  jurisprudence  involved  in  the 
grave  discussion  of  the  doctrine  of  precedent,  which  has  been  its  character- 
istic for  centuries,  and  the  apparent  tendency  to  a  reduction  to  a  statutory- 
form  bring  to  mind  the  history  of  that  other  great  system  of  jurisprudence, 
the  Roman  or  civil  law,  which  to-day  includes  not  only  the  Latin  and  the 
Scandinavian  and  Slavonic  races  and  all  of  the  Germanic  race  except  those 
of  Anglo-Saxon  descent,  and  with  our  common  law  practically  includes  the 
civilized  world.  That  system  in  its  development  from  the  law  of  the  Twelve 
Tables  to  the  Justinian  Code,  covering  a  period  of  a  thousand  years,  presents 
features  very  analogous  to  the  development  of  our  own  jurisprudence.  The 
Praetors  relieved  by  their  successive  edicts  the  harshness  and  rigidity  of 
the  law  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  as  our  Chancellors  by  their  decrees  relieved 
the  harshness  and  rigidity  of  the  common  law,  although  the  doctrine  of  judi- 
cial precedent  based  on  adjudged  cases  was  not  developed  in  the  civil  law 
as  in  our  own.  The  doctrine  of  the  jus  gentium  or  the  law  common  to  all 
nations,  which  was  developed  by  the  Roman  jurists  as  distinct  from  the  jus 
civile  or  local  law  of  Rome,  was  really  based  on  the  study  of  what  we  would 
call  comparative  jurisprudence, — ^the  recognition  of  these  fundamental  prin- 
ciples of  justice  which  are  common  to  mankind  in  all  systems  of  law.  The 
Roman  law  is  the  great  connecting  link  connecting  ancient  with  modern 
jurisprudence.  It  is  the  basis  of  the  modern  French  and  German  codes  and 
of  the  jurisprudence  of  all  the  modern  States  except  the  United  States  and 
England  and  her  self-governing  colonies.  Even  in  Scotland  we  find  a  modi- 
fied form  of  the  civil  law,  and  in  the  French  provinces  in  Canada  we  find  ad- 
ministered in  the  French  language  the  French  customary  law  of  the  last 
century,  under  the  pledge  of  England  at  the  time  of  the  conquest  of  over  a 
century  ago,  that  the  people  would  be  protected  in  their  language,  religion 
and  law. 

Recent  archeological  investigations  have  opened  to  us  the  jurispru- 
dence of  remote  ages.  We  have  found  in  the  valleys  of  the  Tigris  and  the 
Euphrates,  and  on  the  site  of  the  city  of  Babylon,  the  tablets,  which  have 
been  preserved  for  thousands  of  years,  and  which  unfold  to  us  the  systems 
of  law  governing  the  relations  of  parent  and  child,  and  husband  and  wife, 
and  the  buying  and  selling  of  land,  practiced  in  those  prehistoric  times. 

The  world  has  grown  distinctly  smaller  in  the  last  quarter  of  a  century. 
Steam  and  electricity  have  annihilated  time  and  space.  The  dominant  races 
of  the  world  have  assumed  the  protection  of  the  inferior  and  less  developed 
peoples.  The  two  great  systems  of  law  are  thus  brought  into  closer  rela- 
tions. We  have  in  the  Philippines  a  vast  population  which  for  centuries  had 
been  governed  by  the  Spanish  law,  based  upon  the  civil  law.  This  will  un- 
doubtedly continue  to  be  the  law  of  those  islands,  administered  by  our 
courts,  just  as  the  French  law  has  been  administered  by  the  English  in  Can- 
ada.    With  our  increasing  commercial  relations,  we  are  coming  more  and 


QUAETO-CENTElSrNIAL    CELEBRATION.  2Y 

more  in  contact  with,  the  civil  law  in  Mexico,  in  Central  America  and  in 
South  America.  Thus  we  are  brought  practically  to  realize  the  great  princi- 
ples of  comparative  jurisprudence,  the  laws  common  to  all  men,  as  the  Ro- 
mans recognized  the  jus  gentium  in  place  of  the  jus  civile,  as  they  became 
the  conquerors  of  the  world. 

Mr.  James  Bryce,  the  thoughtful  student  of  our  own  institutions,  in  his 
recent  studies  in  history  and  jurisprudence,  (page  122)  on  the  Roman  and 
English  Law,  says:  "The  world  is,  or  will  shortly  be,  practically  divided  be- 
tween two  sets  of  legal  conceptions  of  rules,  and  two  only.  The  elder  had 
its  birth  in  a  small  Italian  city,  and  although  it  has  undergone  various 
changes  and  now  appears  in  various  forms,  it  retains  its  distinctive  char- 
acter, and  all  these  forms  still  show  the  underlying  unity.  The  younger 
has  sprung  from  the  union  of  the  rude  customs  of  a  group  of  Low  German 
tribes  with  rules  worked  out  by  the  subtle,  acute  and  eminently  disputa- 
tious customs  of  the  Gallicized  Norsemen  who  came  to  England  in  the  elev- 
enth century.  It  has  been  much  affected  by  the  elder  system,  yet  it  has 
retained  its  distinctive  features  and  spirit,  a  spirit  specially  contrasted  with 
that  of  the  imperial  law  in  everything  that  pertains  to  the  rights  of  the  in- 
dividual and  the  means  of  asserting  them.  And  it  has  communicated  some- 
thing of  this  spirit  to  the  more  advanced  forms  of  the  Roman  law  in  con- 
stitutional countries." 

The  progress  of  the  world,  he  concludes,  is  towards  uniformity  in  law 
and  toward  a  more  efficient  uniformity  than  is  discoverable  either  in  relig- 
ious beliefs  or  in  political  institutions. 

The  suggestion  of  Mr.  Bryce  as  to  the  contrast  between  the  common 
law  and  the  imperial  law  in  whatever  pertains  to  the  rights  of  the  individual 
and  the  means  of  asserting  them,  is  profoundly  significant.  The  common 
law  throughout  its  history,  from,  the  Year  Books  down,  breathes  the  spirit 
of  individual  liberty.  Under  the  common  law  of  America  and  England  there 
are  no  official  courts  for  the  trial  of  official  cases.  "No  man,"  said  Justice 
Miller,  "in  this  country  is  so  high  that  he  is  above  the  law.  No  officer  of  the 
law  may  set  that  law  at  defiance  with  impunity."  The  same  law  applies  to 
all  persons  and  is  administered  for  and  against  all  persons  in  the  courts  of 
law.  We  may  be  impatient  that  reforms  move  so  slowly.  We  have  no  em- 
perors to  summon  great  jurists  to  frame  our  civil  codes.  Our  system  of 
jurisprudence,  like  our  form  of  government,  has  been  developed  through  the 
slow  progress  of  centuries.  In  the  happy  phrase  of  Mr.  Lowell,  the  framers 
of  our  government  were  not  seduced  by  the  fallacy  that  a  new  system  of  gov- 
ernment can  be  ordered  like  a  new  suit  of  clothes,  and  it  is  only  on 
the  roaring  loom  of  time  that  the  stuff  is  woven  for  such  a  vesture  of 
thought  and  experience.  This  is  equally  true  of  a  code  of  law.  It  cannot  be 
framed  to  order  for  an  Anglo-Saxon  people.  Law  can  only  be  effective  when 
it  represents  the  customs  and  usages  of  society,  and  any  reduction  of  our 
customary  and  judicially  declared  law  to  a  statutory  form  must  be  consist- 
ent with  this  fundamental  principle.    We  may  say  of  our  country,  as  Tenny- 


28  UITIVEESITY   OF    COLOEADO 

son  said  of  the  mother  country,  whence  we  derived  our  law  and  our  spirit  of 
liberty: 

"A  land   of  settled   government, 
A  land  of  old  and  just  renown. 
Where  freedom  broadens  slowly  down. 
From  precedent  to  precedent." 

This  review  of  the  quarter  century  would  be  incomplete  without  men- 
tion of  the  great  progress  in  international  arbitration,  in  the  substitution  of 
rational  discussion  and  arbitration  for  the  settlement  of  international  diffi- 
culties. It  was  a  notable  event  in  history,  when  a  few  years  since  the  great- 
est despot  in  the  world  made  a  public  appeal  to  the  nations  for  disarma- 
ment. Private  warfare  has  been  abolished  in  the  progress  of  civilization,  and 
may  we  not  hope  that  the  poet's  dream  may  yet  be  realized  for  a  "parlia- 
ment of  man  and  federation  of  the  world,"  and  that  sound  and  well 
defined  rules  of  international  law  and  peaceful  arbitration  will  abolish  war, 
as  private  warfare  has  been  abolished  by  the  peaceful  arbitration  of  the 
courts? 

There  is  another  form  of  warfare  for  which  our  system  of  jurisprudence 
is  not  yet  adequate,  and  that  is  the  determination  of  these  great  industrial 
controversies  which  array  class  against  class,  and  which  are  not  only  de- 
structive of  business  security,  but  at  times  threaten  the  very  foundations  of 
social  order.. 

These  are  the  great  questions  of  the  future.  In  the  determination  of 
these  great  problems  which  confront  the  future  of  society,  such  institutions 
as  your  own  must  realize  their  greatest  usefulness.  We  must  study  the 
science  of  jurisprudence.  Your  broad  curriculum  and  your  extended  course 
are  hopeful  signs.  Our  profession  touches  human  life  on  every  side,  as  we 
deal  with  men  in  every  relation  of  life.  The  dreamers  who  have  pictured 
Utopian  and  ideal  places  of  existence  have  found  no  place  for  the  lawyer,  but 
in  the  busy  practical  world  he  is  indispensable  as  the  minister  of  justice  in 
an  industrial  civilization.  We  study  the  lofty  ideals  of  justice  in  order  that 
we  may  apply  them  in  the  busy  lives  of  men  in  the  practical  affairs  of  life. 

The  intense  commercialism  of  our  time  may  tempt  the  lawyer  to  forget 
the  noble  ideals  of  his  profession.  It  is  true  that  his  position  has  changed 
and  that  the  demands  upon  the  profession  have  changed,  as  society  changes, 
and  new  business  conditions  are  developed.  The  principles  of  the  law  may 
become  settled  more  and  more,  yet  the  ever  increasing  complexity  of  human 
life  and  the  new  complications  of  facts  developed,  must  ever  require,  as  time 
goes  on,  new  applications  to  these  new  conditions  of  the  fundamental  prin- 
ciples of  justice  between  man  and  man. 

It  is  the  glory  of  our  profession  that  despite  the  traditional  conserva- 
tism which  tends  to  make  men  cling  with  veneration  to  what  is  old  and  es- 
tablished in  human  institutions,  from  its  own  ranks  have  come  the  leaders 
in  the  great  reforms  which  have  simplified  judicial  procedure,  redeemed  our 


QUAETO-CENTENKIAIi    CELEBEATION.  29 

law  from  the  reproach  of  formalism  and  released  it  from  the  shackles  of 
feudalism  and  barbarism. 

May  those  trained  in  this  institution,  so  nobly  founded  in  this  Centen- 
nial State  of  the  Union,  ever  be  inspired  by  these  lofty  ideals;  may  they  be 
the  worthy  successors  of  these  great  leaders  in  harmonizing  our  law  with  an 
advancing  and  progressive  civilization. 


30  UNIVEESITY   OF    COLORADO 

THURSDAY  EVENING 
THE  QUARTO-CENTENNIAL  CONCERT. 

Presbyterian  Church,  Boulder,  Colo.  Thursday  Evening,  November 
13th,  1902,  at  8  o'clock.  Madame  Suzanne  Adams,  Soprano. 
Mr.  Leo  Stem,  Violoncello.    Mr.  John  Pierce  Langs,  Piano. 

PART  ONE. 

Second  Ehapsody  • Brahms 

s  Mr.  Langs. 

Concerto  in  A  Minor : GoUermann 

Mr.  Stern. 

Aria  from  ^Traviata'^ Verdi 

Madame  Adams. 

Berceuse  de  Joceljm Godard 

Le  Cygne Saint  Saens 

Dance  of  the  Elves Popper 

Mr.  Stern. 

Elegie Massenet 

1/ Absence  Fontenailles 

Madame  Adams  and  Mr.  Stern. 

PART  TWO. 

Second  Polonaise Liszt 

Mr.  Langs. 

Du  bist  wie  eine  Blume Schumann 

Als  die  alte  Mutter ■ Dvorak 

Printemps  Nouveau Vidal 

Coquette Stern 

Madame  Adams. 

Melodic  Romantique Stern 

Pastorale Stem 

Tarantelle Stern 

Mr.  Stern. 

A  Little  Thief Stern 

Snowflakes Gowen 

The  Swan MacDowell 

Should  He  Upbraid ". Bishop 

La  Danza Ghadwick 

Madame  Adams. 

Arioso Delihes 

Obstination Fontenailles 

Madame  Adams  and  Mr.  Stern. 


QUAETO-CEiq^TENNIAL    CELEBEATIOIT.  31 

FRIDAY  MORNING 
EXERCISES  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE. 

PEOGEAMME. 


Music*  Le  Eeine  de  Saba.  Gounod. 

Oeohestra. 

Invocation*  ' 

Eev.  J.  M.  WiLSOiT,  D.  D. 

Historical  Address* 

Dean  Luman  M.  Giffin^  M.  D. 
Music — Duet.  Jasmine.  Gade. 

Miss  Eosetta  G.  Bell. 
Miss  May  Whitmore. 

Address*  The  Scientific. Aspect  of  Modern  Medicine. 

Frederic  S.  Lee^  Ph.  D. 
Adjunct  Professor  of  Physiology,  College  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons,  Columbia  University. 


ADDRESS  BY  DEAN  LUMAN  M*  GIFFIN* 

As  early  as  1881  the  Regents  of  the  University  were  considering  the 
advisability  of  establishing  a  department  of  medicine,  but  not  until  1883  did 
these  considerations  culminate  in  the  decision  to  establish  at  once  such  a 
department. 

That  the  ideal  of  the  Regents,  while  a  very  commendable  one,  was  in 
advance  of  the  times  is  evidenced  by  the  circular  of  information  issued  dur- 
ing the  summer  of  1883.  I  extract  the  following  from  this  circular:  "If  the 
present  evil  of  two  terms  of  riot  less  than  twenty  weeks  each,  now  so  preva- 
lent, was  the  basis  of  the  instruction  to  be  given,  the  people  of  Colorado 
might  well  inquire  as  to  the  necessity  of  more  schools  of  medicine.  But 
such  is  not  the  intention.  The  curriculum  is  to  consist  of  a  four-year  graded 
course  of  nine  months  each."  The  reasons  given  by  the  Regents  for  that 
length  of  course,  were  good  at  that  time  and  are  just  as  good  to-day.  They 
were  as  follows:  "First — ^A  suflacient  time  is  taken  for  each  branch  to  be 
taught  in  a  thorough  manner  without  crowding  new  topics  upon  the  attention 
before  previous  instruction  can  be  properly  assimilated.     Second — It  obvi- 


32  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

ates  the  necessity  for  preliminary  study  under  a  preceptor,  the  college  be- 
ing the  preceptor." 

Had  this  ideal  been  insisted  upon,  it  is  a  question  whether  any  students 
would  have  attended  the  school.  It  was  not  insisted  upon  and  later  annouhce- 
ments  indicate  that  the  Regents  appreciated  that  the  ideal  four-year  course 
was  in  advance  of  the  times.  Commercialism  was  too  strong  in  the  schools 
of  medicine.  Students  could  see  no  reason  why  they  should  take  four  years 
of  nine  months  each,  when  a  diploma  could  as  well  be  obtained  in  two  years 
of  twenty  weeks  each.  To  illustrate  the  status  of  medical  education  at  that 
time  one  may  refer  to  a  sentence  in  an  article  by  one  of  the  teachers  in  a 
large  medical  school,  written  at  about  this  period.  In  substance  it  was  as 
follows:  "Schools  must  not  for  a  moment  think  that  they  are  regulating 
the  character  and  length  of  their  courses.  The  students  are  doing  this.  If 
one  school  asks  for  too  long  a  course,  too  great  preliminary  requirements  or 
too  careful  attention  to  work,  other  schools  do  not,  and  the  students  will  at- 
tend the  easier  school.  You  must  have  students  in  order  to  have  a  complete 
school  and  the  whole  character  of  your  curriculum  must  be  consistent  with 
the  student  idea."  This  quotation  is  not  verbatim,  it  is  given  from  memory 
of  the  article,  but  it  illustrates  clearly  the  condition  existing  at  that  time  in 
schools  of  medicine.  This  also  explains  the  action  of  the  Regents  in  lessen- 
ing the  number  of  courses  to  three  and  the  preliminary  educational  require- 
ments to  what  amounted  to  the  reception  of  any  student  who  applied,  not  in- 
quiring too  closely  as  to  his  education.  Despite  these  more  liberal  plans, 
the  department  had  its  worries.  Students  did  not  present  themselves  in 
large  numbers.  The  University  was  poor.  The  other  departments  of  the 
University  could  profitably  use  the  appropriation  intended  for  the  depart- 
ment of  medicine,  and  with  seven  to  fourteen  students  in  attendance,  it  be- 
came a  question  with  the  Regents  as  to  the  advisability  of  continuing  the 
school  of  medicine.  An  annual  pilgrimage  of  the  Faculty  of  the  department 
to  the  meetings  of  the  board  at  this  time,  to  show  reason  for  the  continued 
existence  of  the  school,  was  the  regular  thing. 

Eventually  the  Regents  decided  that  the  department  of  medicine  was 
upon  as  solid  a  basis  as  any  department  of  the  University,  and  from  this 
time  the  school  prospered  in  a  greater  degree. 

The  first  work  of  the  school  was  done  in  two  west  rooms  in  the  third 
story  of  the  main  building.  This  amount  of  space  was  ample  for  our  needs 
then.  We  were  not  crowded  nor  were  the  other  departments  of  the  Univer- 
sity inconvenienced  for  room.  As  the  department  increased  in  numbers  and 
needs,  the  present  Anatomical  building  was  erected  for  the  use  of  the  school. 
This  building  was  suflacient  for  our  requirements  for  four  or  five  years  but 
eventually  it  became  too  small  for  the  growing  school  and  then  the  former 
hospital  was  arranged  for  the  work  of  the  department. 

In  1892,  it  was  thought  best  to  conduct  a  portion  of  the  work  in  Denver. 
This  plan  was  pursued  from  this  time  until  the  spring  of  1897,  when  urged 
by  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  State,  it  was  deemed  better  to  conduct  all  the 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  33 

work  of  the  department  in  Boulder.  This  move  necessitated  a  thorough  re- 
organization of  the  school.  This  reorganization  was  accomplished  and  since 
that  time  the  school  has  been  steadily  advancing.  In  1895  the  four-year 
course  was  again  adopted  and  is  continued  to  the  present  time,  with  no  pros- 
pect of  any  lesser  course  ever  being  given.  In  1900,  a  preliminary  education 
equal  to  that  given  by  a  first  class  high  school  was  made  requisite  for  en- 
trance to  the  department.  Our  present  hospital  was  erected  in  1898  and  has 
served  us  well  for  illustrative  material. 

Dr.  J.  A.  Sewall  was  the  first  Dean  of  the  school,  acting  in  that  capac- 
ity for  one  year.  Dr,  J.  H.  Kimball  acted  as  Dean  from  1884  until  1892,  but 
was  not  given  the  title  of  the  office.  From  1892  until  1896,  this  position  was 
well  filled  by  Dr.  J.  T.  Eskridge.  Dr.  Clayton  Parkhill  was  Dean  'from  1896 
to  1897.  Since  that  time  the  present  incumbent  has  acted  as  Dean  of  the 
school. 

The  University  has  conferred  the  Degree  of  M.  D.  upon  one  hundred 
and  six  candidates.  We  have  alumni  in  twenty  of  the  States,  two  in  Europe 
and  one  in  Manila.  Twelve  have  passed  away.  This  appears  a  large  per- 
centage but  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  many  of  our  students  have  been 
invalids  when  entering  the  school.  Colorado's  reputation  as  a  health  resort 
brings  us  many  students  who  are  unable  to  attend  school  work  in  the  East. 

Of  our  alumni,  nine  are  engaged  as  teachers  in  schools  of  medicine,  six 
are  connected  in  various  ways  with  military  life,  as  assistant  surgeons,  or 
surgeons,  and  one  is  surgeon  general  of  his  State.  Six  are  connected  with 
railroads  as  assistant  surgeons,  division  surgeons  or  chief  surgeons.  Wher- 
ever our  alumni  have  located,  with  very  few  exceptions,  each  one  has  ranked 
well  as  a  citizen  and  also  as  a  physician  and  surgeon,  acting  well  his  part 
in  life. 


ADDRESS  BY  PROFESSOR  FREDERIC  S.  LEE  OF  COLUMBIA 

UNIVERSITY. 

THE  SCIENTIFIC  ASPECT  OF  MODERN  MEDICINE. 

The  origin  and  development  of  medical  science  are  contemporaneous 
with  the  origin  and  development  of  mank*ind.  So  long  as  man  has  been,  so 
long  has  been  disease;  and  whenever  man  has  suffered,  man  has  tried  to 
heal.  The  foundations  of  medicine  lie  deep  in  that  soil  of  common  knowl- 
edge from  which  arose  all  the  sciences,  and  throughout  its  history  it  has 
freely  absorbed  the  discoveries  of  them  all.  From  the  first  it  has  been,  and 
it  must  ever  remain,  their  common  meeting-place.  In  proportion  as  its  spirit 
and  its  methods  have  been  scientific  it  has  progressed  toward  ultimate  per- 
fection. Yet,  notwithstanding  the  importance  of  science  to  medicine,  from 
first  to  last  medicine  has  been  permeated  by  the  pernicious  influence  of  em- 
piricism. A  wise  man  once  said  that  all  true  science  begins  with  empiricism, 
and  medical  science  is  a  striking  example  of  this  fact.    But  it  made  an  early 


B4  UNIVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

effort  to  free  itself.  The  most  brilliant  epoch  of  Grecian  history  is  marked 
no  more  immortally  by  the  wisdom  of  Socrates,  the  histories  of  Herodotus, 
the  tragedies  of  Aeschylus,  and  the  art  of  Phidias,  than  by  the  medicine  of 
Hippocrates  and  his  followers,  for  this  represents  the  first  recorded  endeavor 
— and  a  mighty  endeavor  it  was — to  break  away  from  the  empiricism  of  the 
earlier  ages.  But  the  science  of  the  time  was  meagre,  and,  however  lauda- 
ble the  aim,  the  Hippocratic  writings  are  full  of  empirical  notions.  From 
that  time  on,  down  through  the  ages,  we  find  science  and  empiricism,  like 
the  good  and  bad  principles  in  all  nations  and  all  religions,  ever  contending. 
The  struggle  still  continues.  As  Richard  Hooker  wrote  more  than  three 
hundred  years  ago,  so  to-day  do  "empirics  learn  physic  by  killing  of  the 
sick."  The  empiricism  of  to-day  is  not  solely  the  method  of  osteopaths. 
Christian  scientists  and  venders  of  patent  nostrums;  it  is  found  in  the 
schools  and  the  practice  of  legitimate  medicine.  At  times  it  has  surprising 
successes,  yet  the  struggle  is  an  unequal  one  and  science  is  sure  to  be  vic- 
torious. At  no  period  of  the  world's  history  has  the  scientific  idea  in  medi- 
cine been  so  aggressive  and  advanced  so  rapidly  as  during  the  past  fifty 
years,  and  at  no  time  has  it  seemed  nearer  its  ultimate  victory  than  at  this 
beginning  of  the  twentieth  century.  This  advance  is  so  striking  and  so  full 
of  general  interest  that  I  have  ventured  to  choose  it  as  my  subject  to-day, 
under  the  title  of  "The  Scientific  Aspect  of  Modern  Medicine." 

THE  IDEA   OI'   A  VITAL   FORCE. 

One  of  the  most  essential  prerequisities  of  this  advance  was  the  com- 
plete and  final  liberation  of  medical  science,  and  of  all  those  sciences  now 
comprehended  under  the  general  title  of  biology,  from  a  burden  which  in  one 
form  or  another  had  hampered  progress  from  the  earliest  times.  I  mean  the 
conception  that  living  bodies  possess  within  themselves  an  active  force,  or 
principle,  differing  in  nature  from  anything  possessed  by  non-living  bodies, 
and  which  represents  the  vitality  of  living  things.  The  beginnings  of  this  idea 
are  found  in  the  various  forms  of  animism  of  savage  races,  according  to  which 
a  spirit  or  ghost  inhabits  the  body  and  is  responsible  for  its  actions.  In  dis- 
eased states,  this  good  spirit  is  dispossessed  by  an  evil  one.  In  one  form  or 
another  this  belief  is  met  with  among  all  civilized  peoples.  It  is  found  in  the 
days  of  Salem  withcraft,  and  even  as  late  as  1788,  in  Bristol,  England,  when 
seven  devils  were  exorcised  from  an  epileptic.  In  physiology  from  the  times 
of  the  early  Greek  medicine  until  after  the  Renaissance  the  animistic  idea  is 
represented  by  the  doctrine  of  the  pneuma  or  the  "spirits."  In  Hippocratic 
times  the  spirits  entered  the  body  through  the  lungs,  and  were  carried  by 
the  blood  to  all  parts,  and  enabled  the  vital  actions  to  take  place.  At  about 
300  B.  C.  the  Alexandrians  found  it  convenient  to  make  use  of  two  forms  of 
this  mysterious  agent,  the  "vital  spirits"  residing  in  the  heart,  and  the  "ani- 
mal spirits"  in  the  brain.  To  these,  in  the  second  century  of  the  Christian 
era,  Galen  added  a  third,  the  "natural  spirits,"  located  in  the  liver. 


QUAETO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBEATIOiSr.  35 

All  physicians  of  the  present  day  are  familiar  with  the  remarkable 
story  of  Galen  and  his  long  reign  in  medicine.  Born  in  the  time  of  the  Em- 
peror Hadrian,  he  lived  an  active  life  of  medical  research  and  practice.  He 
was  the  imperial  physician  of  Rome,  and  while  the  wise  Marcus  Aurelius 
was  writing  his  "Meditations,"  Galen  was  producing  his  numerous  medical 
books.  These  covered  the  whole  field  of  the  medicine  of  his  time,  much  of 
which  was  the  direct  result  of  his  own  investigations.  His  activity  was  un- 
paralleled, his  knowledge  immense,  his  logic  and  literary  skill  pronounced, 
and  his  system  of  medicine  all  embracing.  In  those  respects  he  was  far 
above  his  contemporaries  and  with  the  decline  of  the  Roman  civilization, 
the  consequent  disappearance  of  originality  of  thought,  and  the  long  un- 
broken sleep  of  research,  what  wonder  is  it  that  his  brilliance  should  shine 
unrivaled  through  the  dark  ages? 

For  more  than  a  thousand  years  following  his  death,  his  authority  in 
all  things  medical  was  supreme,  and  the  doctrine  of  the  pneuma  was  un- 
challenged. Only  when  there  came  the  intellectual  awakening  of  the  Re- 
naissance, did  men  ask  themselves  whether  Galen's  books  or  the  human  body 
more  nearly  represented  the  truth.  But  it  was  even  long  after  this  that  the 
pneuma  was  deposed,  and  when  it  fell  it  was  only  to  give  place  to  the  arch- 
eus  of  that  arch-charlatan,  Paracelsus,  and  to  the  anima  sensitiva  of  the 
mystic  philosopher,  Van  Helmont,  and  the  melancholy  pietist,  Stahl.  Through 
the  latter  part  of  the  eighteenth  and  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, the  vital  principle  was  still  in  control  of  the  physiologists,  but,  as  they 
learned  more  of  the  conservation  and  the  transformation  of  energy  in  inani- 
mate things,  and  more  of  the  working  of  living  bodies,  the  gulf  between  the 
inanimate  and  the  animate  gradually  narrowed,  and  the  supremacy  of  the 
laws  of  chemistry  and  physics  in  all  things  living  became  clearly  recognized. 
It  is  true  that  at  times  in  these  latter  days,  sporadic  upshoots  of  a  neovital- 
ism  raise  their  tiny  heads,  but  these  are  to  be  ascribed  to  the  innate  aver- 
sion of  the  human  mind  to  confess  its  ignorance  of  what  it  really  does  not 
know,  and  they  do  not  receive  serious  attention  from  the  more  hopeful  seek- 
ers after  truth. 

The  elimination  from  scientific  conceptions  of  the  idea  of  vital  force 
made  possible  a  rational  development  of  the  science  of  physiology,  and  in 
this  way  led  directly  to  the  growth  of  a  scientific  medicine.  In  one  of  his 
luminous  essays,  Huxley  has  written:  "A  scorner  of  physic  once  said  that 
nature  and  disease  may  be  compared  to  two  men  fighting,  the  doctor  to  a 
blind  man  with  a  club,  whO'  strikes  into  the  melee,  sometimes  hitting  the 
disease  and  sometimes  hitting  nature."  *  *  *  T^e  interloper  "had  better  not 
meddle  at  all,  until  his  eyes  are  opened — until  he  can  see  the  exact  position 
of  his  antagonists,  and  make  sure  of  the  effect  of  his  blows.  But  that  which 
it  behooves  the  physician  to  see,  not,  indeed,  with  his  bodily  eye,  but  with 
clear  intellectual  vision,  is  a  process,  and  the  chain  of  causation  involved 
in  that  process.  Disease  *  *  *  is  a  perturbation  of  the  normal  activities  of  a 
living  body,  and  it  is,  and  must  remain,  unintelligible,  so  long  as  we  are  ig- 


36  UI^IVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

norant  of  the  nature  of  these  normal  activities.  In  other  words  there  could 
be  no  real  science  of  pathology  until  the  science  of  physiology  had  reached 
a  degree  of  perfection  unattained,  and  indeed  unattainable,  until  quite  recent 
times." 

No  period  has  been  so  rich  in  physiological  discoveries  as  the  last  fifty 
years  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Research  has  developed  along  two  main 
lines,  the  physical  and  the  chemical,  and  to-day  physiology  is  rightly  re- 
garded as  the  foundation  stone  of  the  science  of  diseases,  and  thus  as  the 
basis  of  scientific  treatment. 

THE   CELL   DOCTKINE. 

At  the  time  when  vital  force  was  having  its  death  struggle  the  cell  doc- 
trine was  being  born.  Inseparably  linked  with  the  idea  of  the  cell  was  the 
idea  of  protoplasm — protoplasm — the  living  substance, — ^the  cell  the  morpho- 
logical unit.  The  heretofore  mysterious  living  body  was  a  complex  mass  of 
minute  living  particles,  and  the  life  of  the  individual  was  the  composite  liv- 
ing of  those  particles. 

Within  the  past  few  weeks  the  world  has  bowed  in  mourning  over  the 
bier  of  an  aged  man,  who  more  than  forty  years  ago,  in  the  strength  of  his 
vigorous  manhood,  gave  to  medical  science  in  a  well-rounded  form  the  best 
of  the  cell  doctrine  of  his  time.  Rudolph  Virchow  need  have  performed  no 
other  service  than  this  to  have  secured  worthy  rank  among  the  great  men  of 
medicine  of  the  nineteenth  century,  for  few  books  exercised  a  greater  influ- 
ence over  medicine  during  that  period  than  his  "Cellular  Pathology."  From 
ancient  times  physicians  had  been  divided  into  many  camps  regarding  the 
causes  of  disease.  One  idea  had  been  prominent  for  more  than  twenty  cen- 
turies: The  humoralists  had  maintained  that  pathological  phenomena  were 
due  to  the  improper  behaviour  or  admixture  of  the  liquids  of  the  body,  which 
were,  in  the  original  form  of  this  theory,  the  four  humours:  blood,  phlegm, 
yellow  bile  and  black  bile.  According  to  the  solidists,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  offending  agents  were  not  the  liquids  but  the  solids,  and  especially  the 
nervous  tissues.  Both  humoralists  and  solidists  were  excessively  specula- 
tive, and  the  growing  scientific  spirit  of  the  nineteenth  century  was  becom- 
ing impatient  of  hypotheses  that  could  not  be  experimentally  proved.  The 
times  were  ripe  for  new  ideas.  Virchow,  soon  after  taking  at  Berlin  the 
professor's  chair,  which  he  held  from  1856  until  his  death,  gave  to  an  audi- 
ence largely  composed  of  medical  practitioners,  the  lectures  which,  more 
than  all  else,  have  made  him  famous  among  his  professional  brethren.  His 
main  thesis  was  the  cellular  nature  of  all  the  structures  and  processes, 
whether  normal  or  pathological,  of  all  organized  beings,  and  his  dictum, 
"omnis  cellula  e  cellula" — a  cell  arises  only  from  an  already  existing  cell — 
is  the  keynote  of  his  theories.  With  his  microscope  he  demonstrated  the 
cells  in  all  the  tissues  of  the  body,  whether  normal  or  pathological,  and  he 
proved  the  origin  of  the  morbid  cells  in  the  normal  ones.  As  to  processes, 
he  maintained  rightly  that  all  parts  of  the  body  are  irritable,  that  every  vital 


QUARTO-CENTEI^NIAL    CELEBRATION.  37 

action  is  the  result  of  a  stimulus  acting  upon  an  irritable  part,  and  he 
claimed  a  complete  analogy  between  physiological  and  pathological  pro- 
cesses. Every  morbid  structure  and  every  morbid  process  has  its  normal 
prototype. 

Virchow's  ideas  aroused  enthusiasm  the  world  over,  and  were  eagerly 
studied,  and  largely  accepted  by  progressive  men  of  medicine.  Time  and 
research  have  corrected  errors  of  detail,  but  no  one  now  denies  the  cellular 
nature  and  physiological  basis  of  pathological  phenomena.  These  facts  are 
fundamental  to  the  understanding  and  treatment  of  disease,  which  is  now 
universally  regarded  as  the  behaviour  of  the  body  cells  under  the  influence 
of  an  injurious  environment. 

Virchow's  ideas  regarding  pathological  formations  are  a  fitting  com- 
plement to  the  laws  of  the  conservation  and  transformation  of  energy.  In 
the  living  world,  as  in  the  non-living,  the  law  of  continuity  holds  good. 
There  are  no  cataclysms,  there  is  no  new  creation.  Structure  and  energy, 
whether  normal  or  abnormal,  proceed  from  pre-existing  structure  and  en- 
ergy. Only  such  a  conception  can  make  possible  a  scientific  medicine,  and, 
since  its  promulgation,  medical  advance  has  been  rapid. 

THE  RISE   OF  BACTERIOLOGY. 

During  the  past  half  century,  and  largely  during  the  past  twenty-five 
years,  that  is,  during  the  lifetime  of  this  University,  there  has  grown  up  a 
totally  new  science,  comprising  a  vast  literature  and  a  vast  subject  matter, 
though  dealing  with  the  most  minute  of  living  things.  This  is  the  science 
of  bacteriology.  The  achievements  in  this  field  have  surpassed  all  others  in 
their  striking  and  revolutionary  character,  and  bear  both  on  the  conception 
of  the  nature  of  a  very  large  number  of  diseases,  hitherto  puzzling  human 
understanding,  and  on  their  prevention  and  cure,  hitherto  baflaiing  human 
skill.  All  other  human  deaths  are  few  in  number  in  comparison  with  those 
that  have  been  caused  by  the  infectious  diseases.  Occuring  the  world  over, 
constantly  with  us,  invading  all  homes,  and  keeping  the  death  rate  in  cities 
perpetually  high,  at  times  they  have  swept,  with  the  fury  of  a  fiery  volcanic 
blast,  over  large  regions  of  the  earth's  surface,  sparing  few,  and  leaving  in 
their  train  empty  households  and  cities  of  death.  Recent  statistics  have 
claimed  that  one  of  these  diseases,  tuberculosis,  alone  kills  one-seventh  of 
all  the  population  of  the  world. 

To  what  are  these  pestilential  visitations  due?  Many  have  said:  "To 
the  anger  of  offended  gods;"  others:  "To  the  displeasure  of  a  divine  Provi- 
dence;" the  early  physicians:  "To  a  wrong  admixture  of  the  humours;" 
the  later  pathologists:  "To  mysterious  fermentations."  But  none  of  these 
answers  has  touched  the  vital  point.  This  was  reserved  for  a  simple,  mod- 
est, and  earnest  student  of  science,  of  humble  origin,  the  son  of  a  French 
tanner,  a  man  unhampered  by  medical  tradition,  seeking  only  the  truth,  and 
possessed  of  no  genius  except  the  genius  of  perseverance.  To  Louis  Pasteur, 
more  than  to  all  others,  should  be  given  the  honor  of  having  solved  the  prob- 


38  UITIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

lem  of  the  causation  of  these  dread  diseases.  He  laid  the  foundations  of  the 
new  science,  broad  and  deep,  with  surprisingly  few  errors  of  judgment. 

It  is  instructive  to  look  at  the  leading  features  of  Pasteur's  life  work. 
From  the  beginning  of  his  career,  Pasteur  was  the  defender  of  pure  science, 
yet  his  work  demonstrates  well  the  ultimate  practical  value  of  what  seems 
at  first  purely  scic-ntific.  At  the  age  of  thirty-one  he  became  a  professor  and 
dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Sciences  at  Lille,  and  in  his  opening  address  he  said 
to  his  students:  "You  are  not  to  share  the  opinions  of  those  narrow  minds 
who  disdain  everything  in  science  that  has  not  an  immediate  application." 
And  then  he  quoted  that  charming  story  of  Benjamin  Franklin,  who  when 
witnessing  a  demonstration  of  a  scientific  discovery,  was  asked:  "But  what 
is  the  use  of  it?"     Franklin  replied:  "What  is  the  use  of  a  new-bom  child?" 

Pasteur's  various  scientific  labors  form  a  strikingly  connected  series, 
each  being  logically  bound  to  those  that  preceded  it.  Beginning  with  a  study 
of  the  forms  and  significance  of  the  crystals  of  certain  salts  in  which  he 
made  use  of  fermentation  processes,  he  passed  directly  to  the  study  of  fer- 
mentation itself.  He  early  appreciated  the  fact  that  this  phenomenon,  due 
as  it  is  to  the  presence  in  fermentable  liquids  of  microscopic  living  bodies, 
bears  significantly  on  fundamental  physiological  processes,  and  his  labors 
directly  established  the  germ  theory  of  fermentation.  Fermentation  led  to 
his  famous  investigation  of  the  problem  of  spontaneous  generation,  which  for 
ages  had  vexed  the  scientific  and  popular  mind.  Organic  liquids  exposed  to 
air  soon  become  putrid  and  filled  with  microscopic  beings,  the  origin  of 
which  was  a  mystery.  Many  believed  them  to  originate  spontaneously;  oth- 
ers thought  that  the  air  contains  a  mysterious  creative  influence.  "If  in  the 
air,"  thought  Pasteur,  "let  us  find  it."  And  by  the  simple  device  of  stopping 
the  mouths  of  flasks  of  sterilized  liquids  by  a  bit  of  cotton  wool,  he  was  able 
to  filter  out  the  influence  and  keep  his  liquids  pure  and  free  from  life.  At 
the  end  of  a  year's  active  work  he  announced  a  most  important  fact:  "Gases, 
fluids,  electricity,  magnetism,  ozone,  things  known  or  things  occult,  there  is 
nothing  in  the  air  that  is  conditional  to  life  except  the  germs  that  it  car- 
ries." His  position  was  assailed  by  clever  men,  and  he  was  forced  to  defend 
himself.  It  was  here  that  his  power  of  perseverance  first  formidably  as- 
serted itselL  The  struggle  lasted  for  years,  and  Pasteur  repelled  each  at- 
tack, point  by  point,  with  facts  acquired  by  ingenious  experimentation  with 
the  ultimate  result  of  giving  to  the  doctrine  of  spontaneous  generation  its 
death  blow. 

Fermentation  and  spontaneous  generation  prepared  Pasteur  for  his 
next  victory.  The  French  wine  trade  was  threatened  with  disaster.  Wines 
prepared  by  the  accepted  methods  often  became  sour,  bitter,  or  ropy.  It 
was  said  that  they  suffered  from  diseases,  and  the  situation  was  critical.  It 
was  Pasteur's  achievement  not  only  to  prove  that  the  diseases  were  fermen- 
tations, caused  not  spontaneously  but  by  microscopic  germs,  but  also  to  sug- 
gest the  simple  but  effective  remedy  of  heating  the  bottles  and  thus  destroy- 
ing the  offending  organisms. 


QUARTO-CENTEJS^NIAL    CELEBEATIOIT.  39 

It  seemed  a  long  step  from  the  diseases  of  wines  to  the  diseases  of 
silk  worms,  yet  when  a  serious  epidemic,  killing  the  worms  by  thousands, 
threatened  irreparable  injury  to  the  silk  industry,  it  was  only  natural  that 
Pasteur,  with  his  growing  reputation  for  solving  mysteries  by  the  diligent 
application  of  scientific  method,  should  be  called  upon  to  aid.  He  responded 
with  his  customary  enthusiasm,  and  for  five  years  diligently  sought  the  cause 
of  the  trouble  and  the  cure.  Though  stricken  by  paralysis  in  the  midst  of 
his  work,  in  consequence  of  which  for  a  time  his  life  hung  in  the  balance, 
in  three  months  he  was  again  in  his  laboratory.  Here,  as  in  his  previous 
labors,  he  achieved  final  success.  He  proved  that  the  silk  worms  were  in- 
fested with  two  distinct  diseases,  pebrine  and  flacherie,  each  of  which  was 
due  to  its  specific  germ,  protozoan  in  the  one  case  and  bacterial  in  the  other. 
Furthermore,  he  devised  efllcient  methods  of  eliminating  both  diseases,  and 
thus  relieved  from  its  precarious  condition  the  silk  industry  of  France  and 
of  the  world. 

By  the  year  1870  Pasteur's  success  had  already  assured  him,  at  less 
than  fifty  years  of  age,  a  commanding  place  in  the  scientific  world.  His 
demonstrations  of  the  all-important  parts  played  by  microscopic  organisms 
in  the  phenomena  which  he  had,  studied,  had  stimulated  widespread  inves- 
tigation. He  had  already  dreamed  of  the  germinal  nature  of  human  diseases, 
and  now  medicine,  which  had  long  suspected  them  to  be  associated  with 
fermentation  processes,  began  to  appreciate  the  significance  of  the  new  dis- 
coveries. In  1873  he  was  elected  to  fill  a  vacancy  in  the  French  Academy  of 
Medicine,  and  from  that  time  on  he  gave  attention  more  exclusively  to 
pathological  phenomena.  He  investigated  septicaemia,  puerperal  fever, 
chicken  cholera,  splenic  fever,  swine  fever,  and  lastly  rabies.  TO'  speak  at 
length  of  what  he  accomplished  in  this  field  would  require  much  time.  I 
would,  however,  mention  one  salient  incident. 

One  day  chance  revealed  to  him  a  unique  phenomenon,  the  further 
study  of  which  led  to  one  of  his  most  significant  discoveries.-  In  the  in- 
oculation of  some  fowls  with  chicken  cholera,  not  having  a  fresh  culture 
of  the  germs,  he  used  one  that  had  been  prepared  a  few  weeks  before.  To 
his  surprise  the  fowls,  instead  of  succumbing  to  the  resultant  disease,  re- 
covered, and  later  proved  resistant  to  fresh  and  virulent  germs.  This  was 
the  origin  of  the  pregnant  idea  of  the  attenuation,  or  weakening,  of  virus, 
which  nearly  a  hundred  years  before  Jenner  unknowingly  had  demonstrated 
in  his  vaccination  against  small  pox,  and  which  had  been  employed  by  phy- 
sicians in  all  the  intervening  time.  By  various  methods  of  attenuation  Pas- 
teur succeeded  in  producing  vaccines  from  the  virus  of  several  diseases, 
and  he  perfected  the  process  of  vaccinating  animals  and  thus  protecting 
them  from  attacks  of  the  diseases  in  question.  _ 

The  story  of  Pasteur's  brilliant  investigations  of  hydrophobia  is  too  re- 
cent and  too  well  known  to  relate  here.  They  form  a  fitting  ending  to  a 
life  rich  in  scientific  achievement,  stimulating  to  research,  and  momentous 
in  the  history  of  scientific  medicine. 


40  UNIVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

In  the  summer  of  1886  it  was  my  good  fortune  to  spend  a  few  hours 
in  the  presence  of  this  man  in  the  rooms  of  the  then  newly  organized  Pas- 
teur Institute  in  Paris.  It  was  in  the  early  days  of  the  practical  application 
of  the  results  of  his  long-continued,  devoted  experimentation  regarding  the 
cause  and  treatment  of  hydrophobia.  In  a  large  room  there  was  gathered 
together  a  motley  company  of  perhaps  two  hundred  persons,  most  of  whom 
had  been  bitten  by  rabid  animals.  Men,  women  and  children,  from  the  aged 
to  babes  in  the  arms  of  their  mothers,  richly  dressed  and  poorly  dressed, 
gentle  folk  and  rude  folk,  the  burgher  and  the  peasant;  from  the  boulevards 
and  the  slums  of  Paris,  from  the  north,  south,  east  and  west  of  France, 
from  across  the  channel  in  England,  from  the  forests  and  steppes  of  Rus- 
sia where  rabid  wolves  menace,  from  more  distant  lands  and  even  from 
across  the  seas— all  had  rushed  impetuously  from  the  scene  of  their  wound- 
ing to  this  one  laboratory  to  obtain  relief  before  it  was  too  late.  All  was 
done  systematically  and  in  order.  The  patients  had  previously  been  exam- 
ined and  classified,  and  each  class  passed  for  treatment  into  a  small  room 
at  the  side:  first,  the  newcomers  whose  treatment  was  just  beginning; 
then,  in  regular  order,  those  who  were  in  successive  stages  of  the  cure; 
and,  lastly,  the  healed,  who  were  about  to  be  happily  discharged.  The  in- 
oculations were  performed  by  assistants.  But  Pasteur  himself  was  carefully 
overseeing  all  things,  now  assuring  himself  that  the  solutions  and  the  pro- 
cedure were  correct,  now  advising  this  patient,  now  encouraging  that  one, 
ever  watchful  and  alert  and  sympathetic  with  that  earnest  face  of  his 
keenly  alive  to  the  anxieties  and  sufferings  of  his  patients,  and  especially 
pained  by  the  tears  of  the  little  children,  which  he  tried  to  check  by  filling 
their  hands  from  a  generous  jar  of  bon-bons.  It  was  an  inspiring  and  in- 
structive scene,  and  I  do  not  doubt  that  to  Pasteur,  with  his  impressionable 
nature,  it  was  an  abundant  reward  for  years  of  hard  labor,  spent  partly  in 
his  laboratory  with  test  tubes  and  microscopes,  and  partly  in  the  halls  of 
learned  societies,  combating  the  doubts  of  unbelievers  and  scoffers,  and 
compelling  the  medical  world  to  give  up  its  unscientific  traditions  and  accept 
what  he  knew  to  be  the  truth. 

MODERN   SURGERY. 

The  earliest  practical  application  to  human  disease  of  the  results  of 
Pasteur's  labors  was  made  in  the  field  of  surgery.  The  horrors  of  the  early 
surgery  had  been  largely  eliminated  by  the  discovery  of  the  anaesthetic 
effects  of  chloroform  and  ether,  and  the  possibility  of  their  safe  employment 
with  human  beings.  But  the  successful  outcome  of  an  operation  was  still 
uncertain.  No  one  could  foretell  when  the  dreaded  septic  blood  poisoning 
might  supervene  and  carry  off  the  patient  in  spite  of  the  most  watchful 
care.  Many  hospitals  were  only  death  traps,  the  surgical  patient  who  was 
taken  to  them  being  doomed  to  almost  certain  death.  The  suffering  of  the 
wounded  in  our  Civil  war  was  extreme,  and  during  the  Franco-Prussian 
war,  the   French  military  hospitals  were  festering  sources   of  corruption. 


quaeto-centejStnial  celebration.  4:1 

their  wounded  dying  by  thousands.  To  Pasteur,  who  realized  only  too  well 
that  the  cause  of  death  lay  in  the  germs  which  were  allowed  to  enter  the 
wound  from  the  outside,  this  unnecessary  suffering  and  death  of  so  many 
brave  French  youths  was  a  source  of  intense  grief.  Yet,  notwithstanding  his 
protestations  and  the  urging  of  his  views  upon  those  who  were  immediately 
responsible,  little  good  was  then  accomplished,  for  the  French  surgeons 
were  slow  to  adopt  new  ideas. 

In  England  Lister  was  more  successful.  Fired  by  Pasteur's  discover- 
ies regarding  fermentation  and  putrefaction,  he  conceived  the  idea  of  using 
carbolic  acid  in  the  vicinity  of  the  wound  while  an  operation  was  being  per- 
formed, for  the  purpose  of  destroying  whatever  germs  might  be  floating  in 
the  air  or  adherent  to  the  surfaces.  This  was  employed  successfully,  and 
at  once  the  mortality  of  surgical  operations  was  greatly  diminished.  This 
was  the  beginning  of  the  aseptic  surgery  of  the  present  day,  and,  in  the 
light  of  what  it  has  accomplished.  Lister's  achievement  shines  with  bril- 
liance. Carbolic  acid  was  soon  discontinued,  owing  to  more  efficient  aseptic 
agents  and  methods  of  absolute  cleanliness,  but  the  essence  of  the  modern 
surgical  method  is  the  same  as  at  first,  namely,  to  prevent  the  living  germs 
from  entering  the  wound.  Septicaemia  and  pyaemia  are  no  longer  to  be 
dreaded,  the  successful  outcome  of  surgical  procedure  is  practically  as- 
sured, and  operations  that  were  undreamed  of  twenty-five  years  ago  are  now. 
daily  occurrences  in  the  hospitals  of  the  world.  The  most  remarkable  are 
those  that  come  under  the  general  head  of  laparotomy,  which  requires  the 
opening  of  the  abdominal  cavity,  and  those  performed  on  the  brain.  It  may 
be  said  that  the  greatest  development  of  scientific  or  aseptic  surgery  has 
occurred  in  America.  Here  the  typical  American  traits  of  ingenuity,  inde- 
pendence and  courage  have  borne  good  fruit. 

DISEASE  GERMS. 

Pasteur's  work  was  epoch-making.  Apart  from  its  revolutionizing  the 
methods  of  practical  surgery,  it  has  revolutionized  our  conception  of  the 
nature  and  the  mode  of  treatment  of  the  whole  group  of  germ  or  zymotic 
diseases,  and  has  gone  far  toward  solving  a  host  of  long-existing  and  puz- 
zling problems  of  general  pathology.  The  actual  discovery  of  the  germs  of 
human  diseases  and  the  proofs  of  their  specific  morbific  properties  did  not 
fall  within  Pasteur's  province.  Such  achievement  has  been  the  lot  of  others, 
most  brilliant  among  whom  is  undoubtedly  Robert  Koch,  The  bacillus  of 
anthrax,  or  splenic  fever,  was  seen  in  1838  by  a  French  veterinarian,  named 
Delafond,  but  its  part  as  the  causative  agent  of  the  disease  was  first  shown 
by  Koch  in  1876,  this  being  the  first  conclusive  demonstration  of  the  pro- 
duction of  a  specific  human  disease  by  a  specific  bacterium.  Think  how 
recent  was  this  event,  so  significant  for  the  development  of  a  scientific 
medicine  and  for  the  welfare  of  the  human  race!  Koch's  demonstration  was 
made  but  twenty-six  years  ago,  eleven  years  after  the  close  of  our  Civil  war. 
But  it  was  only  after  repeated  subsequent  experiments  and  the  piling  of 


42  UKIVEKSITY    OF    COLORADO 

proof  on  proof  by  Koch,  Pasteur,  and  others,  that  the  new  idea  was  generally- 
accepted.  Since  then  discovery  has  followed  discovery,  and  the  world 
watches  eagerly  for  each  new  announcement.  Koch  acquired  new  laurels 
by  demonstrating  in  1882  the  germ  of  tuberculosis,  and  in  1884  that  of  the 
terrifying  Asiatic  cholera.  In  1884,  also,  Klebs  and  Loeffler  found  the  bacil- 
lus of  diphtheria,  and  several  investigators  that  of  tetanus.  The  year  1892 
revealed  the  bacillus  of  influenza,  and  1894  that  of  bubonic  plague.  Besides 
these  instances,  the  part  played  by  specific  germs  in  many  other  diseases 
has  already  become  recognized.  Small  pox,  measles,  hydrophobia,  and  yel- 
low fever  still  defy  the  investigators,  but  no  one  doubts  their  germinal  na- 
ture. 

But  scientific  medicine  is  not  content  with  describing  species  of  bac- 
teria and  proving  their  connection  with  specific  diseases.  It  must  show  what 
these  organisms  do  within  the  body,  how  they  cause  disease,  and  by  what 
procedure  their  evil  activities  may  be  nullified.  Persistent  and  devoted  re- 
search has  already  thrown  much  light  on  these  problems,  yet  so  much  is 
still  obscure  that  it  is  difficult  to  generalize  from  our  present  knowledge. 
The  germs  find  lodgment  in  appropriate  places,  and  proceed  to  grow  and 
multiply,  feeding  upon  the  nutrient  substance  of  their  host.  In  certain  dis- 
eases, if  not  in  all.  their  activities  result  in  the  production  of  specific  poison- 
ous substances  called  toxins,  which  being  eliminated  from  the  bacterial 
cells,  pass  into  the  cells  of  the  host  and  there  exert  their  poisonous  effects. 
These  effects  vary  in  detail  with  the  species  of  bacterium;  and  thus  the 
individual,  suffering  from  the  behavior  of  his  unwonted  guests,  exhibits  the 
specific  symptoms  of  the  disease. 

PREVENTIVE   MEDICINE. 

In  looking  over  the  history  of  the  search  for  a  means  of  cure,  one  is 
struck  by  the  great  value  of  the  ounce  of  prevention.  Keeping  the  germs 
out  is  in  every  way  preferable  to  dealing  with  them  after  they  have  once 
entered  the  body.  This  fact  scientific  medicine  is  impressing  more  and 
more  deeply  on  the  minds  of  public  authorities  and  the  people,  and  their 
response  in  the  form  of  provisions  for  improved  public  and  private  sanita- 
tion is  one  of  the  striking  features  of  the  social  progress  of  the  present  time. 
All  the  more  enlightened  nations,  States,  and  cities  of  the  world  possess 
organized  departments  of  health,  which,  with  varying  degrees  of  thorough- 
ness, deal  with  the  problems  presented  by  the  infectious  diseases,  in  the 
light  of  the  latest  discoveries.  Water,  and  milk  and  other  foods,  are  tested 
for  the  presence  of  disease  germs,  cases  of  disease  are  quarantined,  and  in- 
numerable provisions,  unthought  of  fifty  years  ago,  are  now  practiced  daily 
for  the  maintainance  of  the  health  of  the  people. 

In  the  city  of  New  York  the  Department  of  Health  now  undertakes, 
free  of  charge,  examinations  for  the  diagnosis  of  malaria,  diphtheria,  tuber- 
culosis, typhoid  fever  and  rabies.  It  treats  all  cases  of  rabies  by  the  Pas- 
teur method  free  of  charge,  and  it  supplies,  at  slight  cost,  diphtheria  anti- 


QUARTO-CENTEl^NIAL    CELEBRATION.  43 

toxin  and  vaccine  virus,  besides  mallein  to  aid  in  the  diagnosis  of  glanders 
in  horses,  and  tuberculin  for  similar  use  with  suspected  tuberculosis  in 
cattle.  Moreover,  from  time  to  time  it  issues  circulars,  intended  for  the 
education  of  physicians  regarding  the  causation  of  infectious  diseases  and 
the  newest  methods  of  treatment;  and  through  its  officers  and  other  phy- 
sicians and  by  means  of  printed  matter  it  endeavors  to  educate  the  people 
in  matters  of  private  sanitation.  It  requires  official  notification  by  public 
institutions  and  physicians,  of  all  cases,  not  only  of  the  epidemic  diseases, 
but  even  of  tuberculosis.  The  benefits  derived  from  these  various  prophy- 
lactic measures  are  seen  in  the  great  decrease  in  mortality  from  the  dis- 
eases in  question.  Much  good  is  expected  from  the  work  of  the  newly 
organized  Committee  on  the  Prevention  of  Tuberculosis  of  the  Charity  Or- 
ganization Society  of  New  York,  which  backed  by  financial  resources,  is 
about  to  undertake  an  active  campaign  to  lower  the  death  rate  from  this 
particular  disease,  and  to  lessen  the  suffering  and  distress  attributable  to  it. 
Fifty  years  ago  the  term,  preventive  medicine,  was  unknown.  To-day 
it  represents  a  great  body  of  well-attested  and  accepted  principles.  It  has 
cleaned  our  streets,  it  has  helped  to  build  our  model  tenements,  it  has  puri- 
fied our  food  and  our  drinking  water,  it  has  entered  our  homes  and  kept 
away  disease,  it  has  prolonged  our  lives,  and  it  has  made  the  world  a  sweeter 
place  in  which  to  live. 

SERUM   THERAPY. 

But  if  the  ounce  of  prevention  has  not  been  applied  or  has  failed,  and 
the  bacteria  have  forced  an  entrance  into  the  body,  what  can  scientific  medi- 
cine do  to  cure?  Two  things  are  possible — the  destruction  of  the  destructive 
germs,  and  the  neutralization  of  their  poisonous  toxins.  The  commonly  rec- 
ognized drugs  here  prove  inefficient  for  the  simple  reason  that  the  amount 
of  the  drug  sufficient  to  kill  the  bacteria  is  so  great  as  to  endanger  the  life 
of  the  patient.  The  most  promising  line  of  treatment  has  been  suggested 
by  the  results  of  a  study  of  the  mutual  relations  of  the  bacteria  and  their 
hosts.  Here  again  there  are  many  gaps  in  our  knowledge.  It  is  not  sur- 
prising that  the  cells  of  the  body  resent  the  intrusion  of  the  barbaric  horde 
of  micro-organisms,  with  their  poisonous  off-scourings.  The  cells  are 
roused  to  unwonted  activity,  and  pour  forth  into  the  blood  specific  sub- 
stances, which,  in  many  cases  at  least,  seem  to  be  of  two  distinct  kinds,  the 
cytolysins  and  the  antitoxins.  Of  these,  the  cytolysins  are  destructive  to 
the  invading  bacteria,  while  the  antitoxins  are  capable  of  neutralizing,  though 
in  a  manner  not  wholly  clear,  the  toxic  products  of  bacterial  growth.  Cyto- 
lysins oppose  the  bacteria,  while  antitoxins  oppose  the  bacterial  toxins,  and 
the  outcome  of  the  disease  depends  on  the  relative  efficiencies  of  the  con- 
tending forces.  If  the  invaders  prove  too  powerful  for  the  body  cells,  the 
individual  succumbs;    if  the  defenders  prevail,  he  recovers. 

With  the  picture  of  this  natural  conflict  before  the  mind,  medical 
science  asked:    "Is  it  not  possible  to  aid  the  invaded  body  by  providing  it 


44  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

with  weapons  of  the  same  kind  as  its  own,  but  in  larger  quantity?"  This 
question  medical  science  has  answered  emphatically  and  aflarmatively  in 
the  case  of  two  serious  diseases,  diphtheria  and  tetanus,  or  lockjaw.  By 
making  a  pure  culture  of  their  germs,  and  injecting  their  toxin  into  the 
bodies  of  animals,  it  can  obtain  a  blood  serum  heavily  charged  with  anti- 
toxin. This,  when  injected  into  the  diseased  human  body,  supplements  the 
antitoxin  there  found,  and  by  so  much  the  patient  is  aided  in  his  struggle. 
With  both  these  diseases  the  success  of  the  serum  treatment  has  been  pro- 
nounced. A  recent  study  of  200,000  cases  in  which  the  antitoxin  of  diph- 
theria was  used,  shows  the  fatality  from  that  disease  to  be  reduced  from  55 
to  16  per  cent.  The  problems  presented  by  other  infectious  diseases  seem 
to  be  more  diflacult.  What  seems  to  be  required  in  most  cases  is  a  serum 
containing  in  quantity  rather  the  cytolytic  than  the  antitoxic  substance, 
and  as  yet  an  efficient  serum  of  this  nature  has  not  been  found.  Any  day 
may  yield  such  an  one.  But  the  matter  of  the  relation  of  cytolysins  and 
antitoxins  and  their  respective  efficiencies  in  specific  diseases  needs  much 
elucidation.  Serum  therapy  is  in  its  infancy,  but  its  methods  appear  so  ra- 
tional that  it  seems  destined  to  develop  into  a  most  efficient  branch  of  scien- 
tific medicine. 

Second  only  in  importance  to  the  cure  is  the  prevention  of  a  future 
attack  of  the  disease,  or,  in  other  words,  the  conferring  of  immunity  on  the 
individual.  The  disease  itself,  when  running  its  natural  course  within  an 
individual,  confers  a  natural  immunity  against  a  subsequent  attack,  and 
with  many  diseases  this  may  prove  to  be  a  life-long  protection.  Typhoid 
fever  and  small  pox,  for  example,  rarely  attack  the  individual  a  second  time. 
In  its  present  state  the  serum  treatment  also  accomplishes  immunity  in 
some,  though  slight,  degree,  but  greater  and  more  lasting  efficiency  is  de- 
sired. Probably  no  problem  in  bacteriology  is  being  attacked  more  vigor- 
ously and  more  widely  at  the  present  time  than  this.  A  suggestive  hypothe- 
sis by  Ehrlich  as  to  the  chemical  relations  of  the  invading  cells  and  the 
cells  of  the  body,  has  stimulated  investigations  in  many  laboratories,  and 
both  the  nature  of  immunity  and  the  best  method  of  accomplishing  it,  which 
have  puzzled  medicine  so  long,  bid  fair  to  become  known  in  the  near  future. 
With  this  achieved,  preventive  medicine  will  have  gained  one  of  its  greatest 
triumphs. 

A  word  should  here  be  said  regarding  two  of  the  infectious  diseases 
whose  peculiar  method  of  transmission,  long  a  mystery,  has  now  become 
known.  I  refer  to  malaria  and  yellow  fever.  The  able  work  of  Laveran, 
Manson,  Ross,  Grassi,  Koch  and  others  on  the  former,  and  that  of  Reed 
and  other  courageous  Americans  on  the  latter,  have  demonstrated  con- 
clusively that  these  diseases  are  transmitted  from  man  tO'  man  through  the 
aid  of  the  mosquito,  which,  receiving  the  germ  from  an  infected  individual, 
cultivates  it  within  its  own  body  and  later  delivers  it  in  a  properly  prepared 
form  to  another  unfortunate  human  being.  Moreover,  it  is  entirely  probable 
that  this  is  the  sole  method  of  the  transmission  of  these  diseases.    The  ounce 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAIi    CELEBRATION.  45 

of  prevention  here  consists  in:  first,  eliminating  from  the  community,  so 
far  as  possible,  the  breeding  places  of  the  mosquito;  secondly,  totally  pre- 
venting, by  simple  screens,  the  access  of  the  insect  to  each  case  of  the  dis- 
ease. By  the  employment  of  these  simple  methods  in  Havana,  during  the 
year  ending  with  the  end  of  last  September,  not  a  single  case  of  yellow  fever 
originated  within  the  city,  an  event  unparalleled  in  recent  times.  The  active 
work  now  being  carried  on  by  the  Liverpool  School  of  Tropical  Medicine  on 
the  west  coast  of  Africa  bids  fair  to  reduce  materially  the  extent  of  malarial 
fever,  so  long  the  scourge  of  that  region. 

It  is  impossible  to  predict  the  full  outcome,  in  the  long  future,  of  the 
diligent  research  of  the  past  few  decades  in  the  field  of  the  infectious  dis- 
eases. Certain  it  is,  that  in  civilized  countries  there  appear  no  naore  the 
terrible  epidemics  of  the  past,  such  as  the  Black  Death,  which,  in  the  four- 
teenth century,  ravaged  much  of  the  continent  of  Europe,  and  in  England 
swept  away  more  than  half  the  population  of  three  or  four  millions.  The 
struggle  for  existence  of  the  deadly  germs  is  becoming  daily  a  more  des- 
perate one.  Just  as  palaeontology  has  revealed  numerous  instances  of  the 
annihilation  of  once  flourishing  species  of  organisms  high  in  the  scale,  it  is 
perhaps  not  visionary  to  look  forward  to  the  ultimate  extinction  of  these 
more  lowly  forms,  and,  with  them,  to  the  abolishment  forever  from  the  face 
of  the  earth,  of  the  diseases  which  they  cause. 

Th«  study  of  the  micro-organisms  in  the  past  and  present  bears  upon 
a  much  wider  range  of  subjects  than  the  immediately  practical  one  of  the 
prevention  and  cure  of  individual  diseases,  however  important  that  may  be. 
It  is  constantly  aiding,  in  ways  surprising  and  unforeseen,  in  the  solution 
of  even  long-standing  and  remote  problems.  I  need  only  mention  here  that 
of  the  recognition  of  human  blood  as  distinguished  from  that  of  lower  ani- 
mals. Moreover,  this  study  has  helped  in  the  elucidation  of  many  of  the 
fundamental  problems  of  protoplasmic  activity,  and  has  given  men  of  medi- 
cine a  broader  culture  and  a  higher  outlook  over  the  accomplishments  and 
possibilities  of  the  human  organism.  This  cannot  fail  to  react  upon  other 
fields  than  that  of  the  infectious  diseases,  to  make  treatment  in  general  a 
more  rational  matter  than  it  has  ever  been,  and  to  uplift  the  whole  of 
medicine. 

Before  leaving  this  subject  finally,  I  would  speak  of  the  many  instances 
of  personal  heroism  exhibited  by  the  men  who  have  labored  in  this  field. 
The  records  teem  with  stories  of  those  who,  recognizing  more  fully  and  in- 
telligently than  others  the  dangers  that  surrounded  them,  the  deadly  risks 
they  were  incurring,  have,  nevertheless,  led  by  their  great  courage  and  scien- 
tific devotion,  gone  steadily  forward,  sometimes  tO'  death  itself.  There  is 
danger  in  the  laboratory  and  the  hospital,  and  greater  danger  in  the  midst 
of  epidemics.  "What  does  it  matter?"  replied  Pasteur  when  his  friends 
spoke  of  these  perils.  "Life  in  the  midst  of  danger  is  the  life,  the  real  life, 
the  life  of  sacrifice,  of  example,  of  fruitfulness,"  and  he  continued  his  labors. 
The  death  from  cholera  of  a  devoted  and  much  loved  pupil  of  his  at  Alexan- 


46  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

dria,  whither  he  had  voluntarily  gone  to  investigate  the  dread  scourge  in 
1883,  was  a  great  grief  to  the  master,  hut  only  intensified  his  devotion  to  his 
work.  Since  then  many  others  have  met  an  end  as  heroic — martyrs  to  the 
cause  of  medical  progress.  Among  these  I  need  only  mention  our  own 
Lazear,  who  gave  up  his  life  in  the  yellow  fever  laboratories  in  Cuba.  Not- 
withstanding such  tragedies,  the  laboratories  and  hospitals  are  always  full 
of  workers,  and  each  new  epidemic  finds  those  who  are  eager  to  go  to  the 
scene  and  aid.  The  good  to  be  performed  and  the  honors  to  be  won  over- 
come the  fears,  and  the  ranks  of  laborers  in  this  most  deadly  province  of 
scientific  medicine  are  never  wanting  in  men. 

INTERNAL   SECRETION. 

Leaving  the  subject  of  the  infectious  diseases,  let  me  turn  now  to  a 
mode  of  treatment  based  on  recent  experimental  work,  and  applied  success- 
fully to  certain  unusual  and  grave  maladies,  which  are  evidently  accom- 
panied by  disordered  nutrition,  but  the  cause  and  proper  treatment  of  which 
were  obscure  until  very  recently. 

About  a  dozen  years  ago  the  phrase  "internal  secretion"  began  to  be 
employed  in  physiological  laboratories  for  the  first  time  and  for  a  newly 
recognized  function  of  glandular  organs.  It  was  well  known  that  glands 
receive  from  the  blood  raw  material  and  manufacture  from  it  specific  se- 
cretions, which  are  discharged  either  outside  the  body  for  excretion,  as  is 
the  case  with  the  perspiration,  or  to  the  surface  of  mucous  membranes  for 
use  in  bodily  function,  as  instanced  by  the  gastric  juice.  It  was  discovered, 
however,  that  certain  glands,  such  as  the  thyroid,  the  suprarenal,  the  pan- 
creas, and  others,  manufacture  and  return  to  the  blood  specific  substances, 
differing  with  the  different  glands,  but  of  important  use  to  the  body,  and  the 
absence  of  which  leads  to  profound  consequences.  These  substances  were 
called  internal  secretions.  Thus,  removal  or  suspension  of  the  function  of 
the  thyroid  gland,  and  hence  the  loss  of  its  internal  secretion,  reduces  the 
body  to  a  serious  pathological  state,  long  recognized  by  the  name  myxoedema. 
Of  similar  causation  is  the  peculiar  condition,  called  cretinism,  which  is 
characterized  by  a  physical  and  mental!  stunting  of  the  growing  individual. 
The  rafe  Addison's  disease  is  associated  with  disturbance  of  the  function 
of  the  suprarenal  glands;  and  other  instances  might  be  mentioned.  It 
seemed  a  simple  step  from  the  discovery  of  the  cause  to  the  discovery  of  a 
cure.  If  absence  of  a  substance  is  the  cause  of  a  disease,  supplying  that 
substance  ought  to  effect  a  cure,  and  such  was  found  to  be  the  case.  Ad- 
ministering to  the  afflicted  individual  the  fresh  thyroid  gland  of  animals, 
or  a  properly  prepared  extract  of  such  gland,  was  found  to  alleviate  or  cure 
myxoedema,  and  other  instances  of  the  efficiency  of  glandular  products  were 
recorded-  So  striking  were  the  facts  that  active  investigation  of  the  matter 
was  undertaken,  with  the  result  of  showing  that  the  chemical  interrelation- 
ships of  the  various  tissues  of  the  body  were  profound,  and  a  knowledge  of 
them  of  exceeding  value  to  the  physician.    As  an  instance  of  this  may  be 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBEATION.  47 

mentioned  the  fact,  recently  discovered  by  Professor  Herter  of  New  York, 
that  the  suprarenal  gland,  by  means  of  its  internal  secretion,  controls  the 
manufacture  of  sugar  by  the  cells  of  the  pancreas,  a  fact  bearing  significantly 
on  the  causation  and  the  treatment  of  diabetes.  There  is  need  of  much  re- 
search in  this  field  of  the  internal  secretions,  but  already  glandular  extracts 
have  proved  a  valuable  addition  to  the  remedies  of  the  scientific  physician. 

BRAIN  SURGBRY. 

I  have  already  spoken  of  the  entire  change  in  the  methods  of  general 
surgery  during  a  period  of  twenty-five  years,  owing  to  the  rise  of  bacteri- 
ology. But  I  ought  to  mention  specifically  the  remarkable  advance  made 
during  the  same  .time  in  the  surgical  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  central 
nervous  system,  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  for  it  is  here  that  the  scientific 
method  has  achieved  one  of  its  most  complete  triumphs. 

Although  it  was  pointed  out  by  the  French  surgeon,  Broca,  as  early 
as  1861,  that  the  loss  of  the  power  of  speech  is  associated  with  disease  of 
a  certain  portion  of  the  left  hemisphere  of  the  brain,  it  was  still  the  general 
belief  that  the  acting  brain  acts  as  a  whole.  This  idea  prevailed  until  1870, 
when  the  German  physiologists,  Fritsch  and  Hitzig,  demonstrated  that  stim- 
ulation of  different  areas  of  the  cerebral  surface  evoke  in  the  body  different 
movements.  This  was  the  beginning  of  the  experimental  investigation  of 
cerebral  localization,  a  line  of  research  which  has  proved  rich  in  results. 
The  brain  is  not  one  organ  acting  as  a  whole,  but  an  association  of  many 
organs,  each  with  its  specific  duty  to  perform,  but  intricately  associated  with 
all  the  others.  In  the  years  that  have  passed  since  the  discovery  of  Fritsch 
and  Hitzig  it  has  been  the  task  of  neurologists  to  discover  the  functions  of 
the  different  parts  of  the  central  nervous  system,  to  unravel  their  intricate 
interconnections,  and  to  associate  the  disturbance  of  their  functions  with 
external  symptoms  in  the  individual.  As  a  result  of  this  labor  the  neurolo- 
gist after  a  careful  study  of  his  patient  now  says  to  the  surgeon,  "Cut  there, 
and  you  will  find  the  disturbing  agent;"  and  the  brilliant  success  of  the  brain 
surgery  of  the  present  day  justifies  its  scientific  basis. 

,      THE   NEW   PHYSICAL   CHEMISTRY. 

In  the  early  part  of  this  address  I  spoke  of  the  freedom  with  which 
medicine  made  use  of  discoveries  in  other  sciences  than  its  own.  A  very 
recent  and  striking  illustration  of  this  is  that  of  the  application  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  new  physical  chemistry  to  the  phenomena  of  the  living  body. 
F^om  the  standpoint  of  physical  chemistry  the  body  may  be  regarded  as  a 
mass  of  minute  particles  of  semi-liquid  living  substance,  the  protoplasmic 
cells,  each  surrounded  by  a  thin,  permeable  membrane,  the  cell-wall,  and 
bathed  externally  by  the  circulating  liquids,  the  blood  and  lymph.  Both 
the  protoplasm  and  the  external  liquid  contain  substances  in  solution,  and 
whatever  passes  between  them,  be  it  food,  or  waste,  or  drug,  must  pass  in 


48  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

the  form  of  a  solution  through  the  intervening  cell-wall.  The  laws  of  so- 
lutions and  the  laws  of  the  passage  of  solutions  through  membranes  must 
hence  find  their  applications  in  the  body.  It  has  been  the  general  belief 
that  when  a  substance  becomes  dissolved  its  molecules  remain  intact,  and 
are  merely  separated  from  one  another  by  the  water  or  other  solvent.  Quite 
recently  physical  chemistry  has  shown  that  this  view  is  not  altogether  cor- 
rect, but  that  a  varying  amount  of  disintegration  takes  place,  a  dissociation 
of  the  molecules  into  their  constituent  atoms  or  groups  of  atoms.  Moreover, 
these  dissociated  particles,  ions,  as  they  have  been  called,  are  charged  with 
electricity;  some,  the  kations,  charged  positively;  others,  the  anions,  nega- 
tively. Electrolytic  dissociation  is  much  more  pronounced  in  solutions  of 
inorganic  than  of  organic  substances.  In  proportion  to  its  extent  specific 
properties  are  conferred  on  the  solutions.  What  these  properties  are  is  not 
altogether  clear,  but  it  is  entirely  probable  that  the  specific  properties  of 
many  drugs  are  dependent,  in  part  at  least,  on  the  amount  of  their  dissocia- 
tion when  in  solution.  Furthermore,  the  amount  of  a  given  substance  which 
is  able  to  pass  through  a  membrane  is  measured  by  the  so-called  osmotic 
pressure  of  the  substance,  and  this,  which  varies  with  the  concentration  of 
the  solution,  seems  to  depend  on  the  movements  of  the  molecules  and  the 
ions  within  the  liquid  solvent.  Since  the  physician,  in  the  giving  of  a  drug, 
wishes  to  induce  certain  cells  of  the  body  of  his  patient  to  absorb  certain 
quantities  of  the  drug,  it  is  obvious  that  a  knowledge  of  the  principles  by 
which  substances  pass  through  membranes  will  aid  him. 

The  laws  of  solutions  and  the  laws  of  osmosis  still  remain  largely  ob- 
scure, and  because  of  this  the  literature  of  the  subject  contains  much  that 
is  of  little  value — deductions  from  insuflicient  data,  conclusions  of  one  day 
which  are  overthrown  by  the  researches  of  the  next,  fantastic  imaginings 
which  only  throw  discredit  on  the  really  worthy,  and  hopes  buoyed  up  by 
the  light  of  an  ignis  fatuus.  But  enough  of  truth  has  been  already  revealed 
to  stimulate  active  research  for  the  sake  of  physiological  progress,  and  to 
show  that  the  subject  bears  profoundly  on  the  problems  which  the  phy- 
sician meets  daily.  It  is  partly  along  this  line  that  the  revitalized  science 
of  pharmacology,  the  study  of  the  physiological  action  of  drugs,  which  for 
several  years  has  been  actively  pressing  to  the  front,  promises  to  make  still 
more  rapid  progress  in  the  near  future. 

MEDICAL   SCHOOLS. 

The  growth  of  scientific  medicine,  some  of  the  features  of  which  I  have 
thus  tried  to  present  to  you,  has  reacted  powerfully  on  our  medical  schools. 
The  prominent  features  of  this  reaction  are:  The  increase  in  the  require- 
ments for  admission,  the  increase  in  the  amount  of  laboratory  and  clinical 
instruction,  the  extension  of  the  course  in  length,  and  the  inclusion  of  the 
medical  schools  within  universities. 

Within  a  few  years  the  requirements  for  admission  to  medical  study 
have  been  raised  from  an  elementary  education,  by  many  schools,  to  that 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  49 

/ 

of  a  high  school  course  or  college  preparation,  by  a  few  to  a  partial  college 
training,  and  by  two  to  a  full  college  course  with  a  resulting  bachelor's  de- 
gree. As  the  wisdom  of  the  latter  is  still  not  generally  conceded,  it  is  doubt- 
ful whether  in  the  early  future  it  will  become  widespread.  Ideal  as  it  seems, 
the  one  argument  against  it,  that  thereby  the  young  man  is  forced  to  delay 
entrance  to  his  life-work  until  a  late  age,  has  never  been  satisfactorily  an- 
swered. President  Butler's  recent  pronouncement  in  favor  of  a  division  of 
the  college  work  into  a  two-year  and  a  four-year  course  has  much  in  its 
favor.  This  would  allow  a  reasonable  amount  of  those  studies  which  are 
pursued  for  the  purpose  of  general  education  and  culture,  and  a  grounding 
in  the  especially  necessary  chemistry,  physics  and  biology. 

The  increase  in  the  amount  of  laboratory  and  clinical  instruction  is 
merely  in  harmony  with  the  truth  that  seeing  is  believing.  "Study  nature, 
not  books,"  said  Agassiz,  and  he  might  have  added  for  the  guidance  of  the 
teacher,  "Weary  not  your  pupils  with  words,  let  them  see  things." 

In  length  the  medical  course  has  rapidly  increased  from  two  to  three 
and  from  three  to  four  years.  With  the  increase  in  the  number  of  hospitals 
throughout  the  land  and  the  opportunities  ofCered  therein  to  recent  graduates 
to  serve  as  internes  under  competent  visiting  physicians,  one  or  two  years 
may  be  added  to  the  student's  equipment,  making  a  training  of  five  or  six 
years  before  the  young  doctor  actually  begins  independent  practice. 

The  inclusion  of  the  medical  schools  within  universities  is  one  of  the 
most  important  advances  of  medical  education  made  in  many  years.  Of  the 
one  hundred  and  fifty-six  schools  existing  in  this  country  seventy-four,  or 
nearly  one-half,  are  departments  of  colleges  or  universities.  In  this  respect, 
however,  America  is  still  far  behind  Germany,  for  in  the  latter  country  no 
medical  school  exists  except  as  a  part  of  the  larger  institution.  The  advan- 
tages of  such  a  connection  are  too  obvious  to  dwell  upon.  Apart  from  the 
material  benefits  that  are  likely  to  accrue  to  the  school,  and  the  prestige 
granted  it  in  the  educational  world,  there  is  the  atmosphere  of  a  broader 
culture,  a  more  scientific  spirit,  and  less  utilitarianism,  which  is  breathed 
by  instructors  and  students  alike  and  which  cannot  fail  to  make  the  grad- 
uates larger  men.  In  the  larger  of  these  university  schools  a  portion  of 
the  teaching  body  consists  of  men  who  do  not  engage  in  medical  practice, 
but,  like  the  instructors  in  the  non-professional  schools  of  the  university, 
give  their  whole  time  to  their  specialties,  in  teaching  and  research.  Usually 
these  are  the  holder^  of  the  chairs  of  the  non-clinical,  basal  sciences,  anat- 
omy, physiology,  pathology,  bacteriology,  physiological  chemistry  and  phar- 
macology. The  outcome  of  this  must  be  to  broaden  and  deepen  the  scientific 
basis  of  medicine.  The  clinical  branches  are  still  taught  by  men  who  are 
at  the  same  time  private  practitioners.  In  a  recent  thoughtful  essay  on 
"Medicine  and  the  Universities,"  a  professor  in  one  of  our  leading  medical 
schools  urges  the  further  severance  of  medical  teaching  and  private  med- 
ical practice.  He  would  have  internal  medicine,  surgery,  obstetrics,  and, 
indeed,  all  the  principal  clinical  departments  of  instruction,  placed,  like  the 


60  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLOKADO 

fundamental  sciences,  "on  a  true  university  basis,"  by  which  he  means  that 
the  holders  of  these  chairs  should  devote  all  their  time  and  energy  to  teach- 
ing and  research.  This  would  require  the  paying  of  large  salaries  and  the 
building  of  extensive  university  hospitals,  wherein  the  professors  could 
carry  on  their  investigations.  In  my  opinion  the  benefits  that  would  thus 
accrue  to  scientific  medicine  far  outweigh  the  arguments  that  may  be 
brought  against  so  radical  a  change,  and,  notwithstanding  its  highly  ideal- 
istic character,  in  view  of  the  present  unparalleled  generosity  of  private 
wealth  in  endowing  scientific  research,  the  present  rapid  and  sure  progress 
of  medicine,  and  the  intimate  connection  of  medical  advance  with  the  in- 
terests of  all  classes,  I  look  forward  confidently  to  the  future  establishment 
of  our  medical  schools  on  a  basis  more  nearly  parallel  with  that  of  the  non- 
professional school  of  the  university. 

What  now  as  to  the  future  of  medical^cience?  With  the  impetus  which 
it  has  received  from  the  mighty  strides  of  the  past  twenty-five  years,  its 
future  progress  and  future  great  achievements  are  assured.  But  it  behooves 
us  in  whose  hands  lies  the  training  of  the  physician,  to  see  that  he  enter  on 
his  work  with  a  full  realization  of  his  responsibilities.  The  future  of  scien- 
tific medicine  lies  with  the  university.  "Though  the  university  may  dis- 
pense with  professional  schools,"  said  President  Wilson  in  his  inaugural 
address  at  Princeton  a  few  days  ago,  "professional  schools  may  not  dispense 
with  the  university.  Professional  schools  have  nowhere  their  right  atmos- 
phere and  association  except  where  they  are  parts  of  a  university  and  share 
its  spirit  and  method.  They  must  love  learning  as  well  as  professional  suc- 
cess, in  order  to  have  their  perfect  usefulness."  The  perfect  usefulness  of 
the  professional  school  consists,  not  merely  in  teaching  our  embryo  phy- 
sician how  to  aestroy  bacteria,  to  remove  tumors,  or  to  calm  the  fire  of 
fevers.  These  things  he  must  understand,  and  these  he  must  do  daily  for 
the  suffering  individual.  But  beyond  these  are  larger  tasks.  The  physician's 
should  be  a  life  of  service  and  of  leadership  combined.  He  serves  well 
when  he  relieves  suffering;  still  better,  when  he  teaches  men  how  to  live; 
but  he  serves  best  of  all,  when  he  pushes  out  into  the  unknown  and  makes 
medical  science  the  richer  for  what  he  contributes  to  it.  The  knowledge  of 
wise  men,  the  deeds  of  diligent  men,  and  the  valor  of  heroes  are  the  gift  of 
those  who  have  preceded  him.  Let  us  see  to  it  that  he  pass  on  this  heritage 
augmented,  to  those  who  follow. 


QUAKTO-GENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  51 

FRIDAY    AFTERNOON 
EXERCISES  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  APPLIED  SCIENCE. 


PEOGEAMME. 


Eev.  E.  W.  Sibbald,  B.  a. 


Music.  Melody  in  F.  Rubinstein. 

Orchestra. 
Invocation. 

Historical  Address. 

Dean  George  H.  Eowe,  B.  S. 

Music — Vocal  Solo.  Dors,  mon  Enfant.  Wagner. 

Miss  Eosetta  G.  Bell^  Ph.  B. 
Address.    The  Potency  of  Engineering  Schools  and  their  Imperfections. 

DuGALD  C.  Jackson,  C.  E., 
Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering,  University  of  Wisconsin. 


ADDRESS  BY  DEAN  GEORGE  H.  ROWE. 

In  the  eighth,  biennial  report  of  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  Colo- 
rado, which  appeared  in  1892,  will  be  found  the  following  statement:  "It  is 
apparent  that  the  growing  needs  of  Colorado  and  the  future  of  the  University 
demand  a  department  which  already  exists  in  most  state  universities.  By 
the  addition  of  one  special  professor,  work  in  Civil  and  Electrical  En- 
gineering can  be  begun  at  once.  In  due  time  we  shall  aim  at  Mechanical 
as  well  as  Civil  and  Electrical  Engineering.  The  courses  will  be  four  years 
in  length,  and  the  college  standard  of  admission  will  be  required.  There 
is  no  purpose  to  cover  the  ground  of  Mining  and  Agriculture,  since  those 
departments  already  exist  as  separate  schools  in  the  State.  We  believe 
that  this  school  will  become  an  important  department  of  the  State  Uni- 
versity." 

Accordingly,  in  the  fall  of  1893,  there  were  erected  on  the  eastern  edge 
of  the  campus,  the  four  walls  and  tin  roof  of  a  one-story  structure,  which 
with  the  schedule  of  courses  in  the  catalogue  served  to  represent  all  there 
was  of  the  Engineering  School.  Courses  in  Civil  and  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing were  announced,  the  former  to  be  directed  by  Professor  Henry  Pulton, 
who  was  also  appointed  Dean.     The  Electrical  work  was  in  charge  of  the 


52  UI^IVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

Professor  of  Physics.  Both  of  these  men  met  with  and  were  a  part  of  the 
college  faculty  until  1895,  when  the  Engineering  School  was  separated  from 
its  literary  environment  and  given  a  separate  organization. 

A  one-story  wing  was  added  to  the  south  side  of  the  original  structure 
in  1895,  and  used  for  a  time  as  a  gymnasium.  After  the  completion  of  the 
present  gymnasium,  the  wing  became  available  as  a  shop  for  tool  and 
bench  work.  The  work  done  in  this  shop  furnished  that  part  of  mechan- 
ical engineering  required  for  electrical  engineering  students,  and  was,  more- 
over, a  start  toward  the  future  department  of  mechanical  engineering.  The 
second  story  of  the  Engineering  Building  was  completed  and  the  building 
dedicated  in  1898.  It  has  furnished  suflBcient  space  for  several  years  for 
shops,  laboratories,  lecture  and  drawing  rooms,  but  is  quite  too  small  to 
accommodate  the  one  hundred  and  twenty  students  at  present  enrolled. 

The  death  of  Dean  Fulton  occurred  last  year.  He  was  thoroughly  iden- 
tified with  the  work  of  the  school  and  will  be  remembered  by  all.  In  the  lat- 
ter part  of  the  year  his  successor.  Professor  Charles  Derleth,  Jr.,  was  appoint- 
ed to  the  chair  of  Civil  Engineering,  and  later  in  the  year  formal  announce- 
ment was  made  of  the  establishment  of  the  department  of  Mechanical  En- 
gineering and  of  the  appointment  of  a  Professor  of  that  branch.  The  three 
departments  are  now  complete  and  the  prophecy  of  ten  years  ago  has  been 
fulfilled. 

The  history  of  the  early  struggles  and  rapid  growth  of  the  Engineer- 
ing School  of  this  State  reads  much  like  that  of  all  other  State  Engineering 
Schools.  Apparatus  accumulates  year  after  year  in  direct  ratio  to  the 
wealth  of  the  State  and  the  generosity  of  the  legislators.  In  the  building 
up  of  a  school,  as  in  the  overcoming  of  any  other  form  of  inertia,  there  is 
required  what  sometimes  appears  to  be  a  useless  expenditure  of  energy. 
But  we  may  be  sure  of  the  ultimate  value  of  the  energy  which  is  now  being 
expended.  The  Faculty  must  have  in  view  not  only  the  present  but  also  the 
future. 

It  has  always  been  the  aim  to  make  all  courses  conform  to  the  most 
modern  ideas  of  engineering  education,  to  imitate  the  good  and  eliminate 
as  far  as  possible  the  many  objectionable  features  of  older  schools.  The 
wishes  and  nopes  of  the  Faculty  in  this  regard  have  been  realized  to  a  large 
extent.  The  School  has  been  quite  as  successful  as  we  could  expect,  and 
the  graduates  have  been  well  equipped  for  their  life  work.  It  has  been  said 
that  the  reputation  of  a  school  depends  on  its  Faculty  and  its  graduates,  all 
others  connected  with  it  being  of  secondary  importance.  Certainly  the  part 
played  by  the  graduates  is  a  great  one.  It  is  with  much  pride  that  I  speak 
of  these  men  who  have  gone  from  us  into  practical  work.  It  is  the  earnest 
endeavor  of  the  engineering  Faculty  to  keep  in  close  touch  with  them,  that 
we  may  be  of  mutual  assistance. 

To  other  engineers  of  the  State,  I  wish  to  express  hearty  appreciation 
for  their  interest  and  assistance  in  the  past  and  to  ask  a  continuance  of 
their  support,  encouragement  and  advice  in  order  to  render  efficient  a  school 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  53 

to  which  they  give  indirectly  pecuniary  support.  Also,  with  parents  and 
guardians  of  undergraduates,  and  with  other  friends  of  the  school,  we  wish 
to  co-operate  for  the  good  of  the  student. 


ADDRESS  BY  PROFESSOR  DUGALD  C.  JACKSON,  OF  THE 
UNIVERSITY  OF  WISCONSIN. 

THE  POTENCY  OF  ENGINEERING  SCHOOLS  AND  THEIR  IMPER- 
FECTIONS. 

It  is  natural  at  a  time  like  this  to  revert  in  thought  to  the  teaching  of 
engineering  in  the  technological  schools  of  the  country,  and  to  ponder  on 
the  influence  which  this  teaching  produces  upon  their  pupils  and  upon  the 
economic  welfare  of  the  land.  I  have  assumed  that  some  consideration  of 
this  question  will,  interest  my  audience  to-day.  A  discussion  of  the  potency 
in  the  body  politic  of  engineering  education  is  particularly  appropriate  be- 
fore the  school  of  applied  science  located  under  the  inspiring  heights  of  your 
majestic  mountains,  which  afford  an  unrivaled  richness  to  him  who  attacks 
their  depths  with  efforts  properly  directed  by  science.  Applied  science  gives 
you  the  power  of  reaching  your  ore,  hoisting,  treating,  and  finally  smelting 
it, — ^applied  science,  which  has  been  taught  here  and  elsewhere,  to  the  chem- 
ists and  engineers  of  your  rugged  State. 

I  am  the  more  ready  to  discuss  this  theme  here  in  the  inspiring  pres- 
ence of  your  mountains  and  their  bracing  atmosphere,  because  you  have  laid 
the  foundation  for,  and  have  the  opportunity  to  build  up,  a  school  of  applied 
science  (an  engineering  school)  that  may  stand  unexcelled  amongst  its 
eastern  brethren.  True,  you  are  far  from  the  centers  of  dense  population; 
but  the  hum  of  industry  is  about,  and  great  works  are  yet  to  be  accomplished 
before  the  wealth  of  your  State  reaches  its  highest  development;  and  the 
engineering  school  numbering  500  students  may  be  as  great  as  the  school 
that  numbers  1,500. 

In  the  building  up  of  your  school  of  applied  science,  in  this,  your  Uni- 
versity, your  people  must  remember  that  men  and  money  are  required.  Men 
who  are  practiced,  and,  if  possible,  great,  in  two  professions, — the  profes- 
sions of  engineering  and  of  teaching.  Money  is  requisite  to  pay  for  the 
services  of  these  men  and  much  money  for  the  equipment  of  laboratories 
in  which  they  may  adequately  teach  their  students — the  sons  of  your  State 
and  of  its  neighbors.  In  following  my  remarks  please  remember  that  I 
bear  no  mission  of  instruction  to  this  University  or  its  School  of  Applied 
Science;  but  I  make  a  plea  and  an  explanation  to  those,  not  technically  in- 
formed, who  are  friends  of  the  University  and  who  do  not  fully  understand 
but  desire  to  know  from  whence  spring  the  peculiar  advantages  of  techno- 
logical education  and  the  requirements  which  demand  particularly  large 
expenditures  for  its  adequate  support. 


54  UNIVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

During  the  course  of  two  decades,  we  as  a  people  have  rapidly  advanced 
toward  an  appreciation  of  the  proper  relations  of  the  engineer  to  his  sur- 
roundings. The  true  conception  of  engineering  may  be  accepted  as  com- 
prised within  the  good  old  definition,  "Engineering  is  directing  the  sources 
of  power"  (and  wealth)  "in  nature  to  the  use  and  convenience  of  man."  The 
man  who  with  fullest  success  follows  the  profession  defined  by  this  keenly 
conceived  sentence  must  be  a  man  of  science,  a  man  of  the  world,  a  man  of 
business,  and  a  man  who  is  well  acquainted  with  the  trend  of  human  civiliza- 
tion and  human  aspirations.  To  make  such  a  man,  requires  the  highest 
thought  and  effort  of  the  best  teaching  influences. 

Michael  Faraday,  one  of  the  magnificent  men  whose  lives  have  been 
dedicated  to  the  commands  of  pure  science,  said  that  it  requires  twenty 
years  to  make  a  man  in  physical  science,  the  intervening  period  being  one 
of  infancy.  How  much  more  effort  must  be  carefully  expended  to  make  a 
man  not  only  in  physical  science,  but  a  man  in  business  and  a  man  in  so- 
ciology, all  in  one!  Such  men  are  all  of  the  great  engineers,  according  to 
their  time;  and  to  them  ought  to  be  accorded  in  their  youth,  the  most  care- 
ful   training. 

Our  engineering  college  men  at  their  graduation  should  properly  be 
looked  upon  as  apprentices  in  the  engineering  profession.  The  student  must 
be  inspired  in  college  and  taught  to  work  for  himself  in  the  manner  adopted 
by  George  Stephenson,  when  instructing  his  assistants  and  pupils.  "Learn 
for  yourselves,"  said  he,  "think  for  yourselves,  make  yourselves  masters  of 
principles,  persevere,  be  industrious,  and  there  is  then  no  fear  of  your  suc- 
cess." The  students  should  become  thinkers  in  college,  capable  of  usefully 
applying  their  scientific  knowledge  therein  obtained;  and  they  should  be 
expected  to  become  thorough  engineers  through  experience  in  applying  this 
knowledge  in  a  manner  which  may  only  be  gained  in  an  apprenticeship  in 
the  industries,  similar  to  the  ofiice  and  hospital  apprenticeships  of  rising 
young  lawyers  or  doctors. 

The  methods  used  at  West  Point  and  Annapolis  in  training  officers  for 
the  army  and  navy,  and  the  course  of  the  graduates  after  leaving  those  acad- 
emies fairly  illustrates  my  point.  It  is  there  held  that  "a  man,  to  know  how 
to  teach  another  man  to  pull  a  stroke  oar,  must  get  on  the  stroke  oar  him- 
self; to  be  safe  as  a  quarter-deck  oflicer,  to  give  orders  for  reefing  a  topsail 
in  a  gale  of  wind,  he  must  himself  have  reefed  a  topsail  in  a  wind.  To  know, 
how  to  tell  a  man  to  ease  a  weather  sheet  or  to  work  the  gear  of  any  part  of  a 
ship,  he  must  have  had  his  practical  experience  on  that  same  gear.  He  can- 
not instruct  his  men  properly,  he  cannot  command  them  safely  and  eflaciently, 
unless  he  has  been  through  three  or  four  years  of  hard  practical  experience, 
hand  in  hand  with  the  men  in  the  forecastle.  The  same  thing  is  true  of  en- 
gineering. No  man  is  fitted  to  be  superintendent  (or  manager)  of  a  road  or 
works,  no  man  is  capable  of  carrying  on  large  engineering  operations  until 
he  has  had  the  practical  experience  which  fits  him  toi  pass  judgment  upon 
what  will  be  the  result  of  the  directions  which  he  may  give  to  others." 


QUAETO-CEI^TENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  55 

Four  years  is  but  a  small  part  of  Faraday's  period  required  "to  make 
a  man"  in  the  physical  sciences,  and  in  so  short  a  period  (which  is  the  dura- 
tion of  the  engineering  college  course)  only  the  foundation  of  the  engineer 
(the  man  in  science,  business,  and  sociology)  can  be  laid,  "There  is  a  great 
difference  between  reading  and  study;  or  between  the  indolent  reception  of 
knowledge  without  labor,  and  that  effort  of  mind  which  is  always  neces- 
sary in  order  to  secure  an  important  truth  and  make  it  fully  our  own,"  said 
Joseph  Henry;  and  the  engineering  college  course  should  be  bent  toward 
such  a  complete  and  true  presentation  of  thorough  science  and  truth  that 
the  student  is  incited  to  permanently  secure  it  for  himself  and  make  it  fully 
his  own, — and  he  may  then  put  it  to  valuable  use  in  future  practice.  "It  is 
not  enough  to  join  learning  and  knowledge  to  the  mind,  it  should  ^e  incor- 
porated into  it." 

The  engineering  college  graduate  should  be  a  fertile  and  an  exact 
thinker,  and  a  man  of  value  upon  his  graduation;  but  he  cannot  come  to  his 
highest  fruition  until  years  thereafter.  The  speaker  would  gladly  be  judged 
of  the  success  of  his  teaching  by  the  success  attained  by  his  students  after 
years  of  practice  in  their  profession,  but  let  no  judgment  be  passed,  as  is  so 
often  done  in  our  colleges,  upon  the  basis  of  wages  received  during  the  year 
after  graduation.  Our  engineering  college  teaching  may  be  properly  con- 
demned if  it  does  not  plant  those  methods  of  thought  which  will  grow  more 
valuable  with  the  years,  and  indeed  become  most  valuable  only  after  the 
mature  development  of  the  individual. 

The  engineering  course  should  not  be  too  formal  or  limited  to  the  ex- 
pository methods  used  of  old  in  instruction  in  classics.  Professor  Tait 
speaks  the  views  of  the  scientist  when  he  says:  "It  is  better  to  have  a 
rough  climb  (even  cutting  one's  steps  here  and  there)  than  to  ascend  the 
dreary  monotony  of  a  marble  stair-case  or  a  well-made  ladder.  Royal  roads 
to  knowledge  reach  only  the  particular  locality  aimed  at,  and  there  are  no 
views  by  the  way.  It  is  not  on  them  that  pioneers  are  trained  for  the  explor- 
ation of  unknown  regions."  The  truth  of  this  proposition  has  been  discov- 
ered of  late  years  by  even  the  most  ardent  classicists,  and  those  of  us  who 
are  called  upon  to  teach  men  in  every  one  of  whom  must  be  developed  a 
certain  spirit  and  power  "for  the  exploration  of  unknown  regions" — we  who 
meet  this  unique  problem,  untrammeled  by  traditions  and  strongly  aided  by 
the  influence  and  examples  of  the  old  engineers,  should  most  fully  appreci- 
ate and  adopt  this  precept  of  a  great  mathematician  and  philosopher. 

To  the  engineering  student  in  college,  the  laboratory  is  of  inestimable 
value.  In  it  he  can  learn  the  true  relations  between  science  pure  and  science 
applied.  He  can  learn  to  reason  true,  from  cause  to  effect.  His  mind  may 
be  developed  less  trammelled  than  in  the  class  room,  and  the  inspiration  to 
independent  thought  may  be  more  readily  given  deep  root.  "Every  branch 
of  engineering  is  becoming  more  firmly  rooted  tO'  the  scientific  bed-rock  upon 
which  it  rests,"  and  the  engineer  must  be  a  man  of  scientific  methods,  be- 
sides being  a  man  of  business.     He  must  have  learned  with  the  scientist 


66  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLOEADO 

that  the  price  of  success  is  constant,  concentrated  effort.  All  this  can  he 
taught  better  in  the  laboratory  than  in  the  class  room.  A  spirit  of  indiffer- 
ence which  may  be  readily  bred  in  the  class  room,  and  which  is  ruinous  to 
success  and  happiness  in  life,  cannot  exist  in  the  laboratory  that  is  properly 
administered.  "Genius  is  nine  parts  character.  The  prize  is  to  him  who 
dares,  not  merely  to  him  who  can."  In  the  laboratory  the  student  may  be 
inspired  to  dare. 

It  must  not  be  thought  that  I  do  not  give  adequate  place  to  the  class- 
room lecture  and  the  text-book  recitation.  The  laboratory  work  should  be 
carried  on  in  unison  with  and  fortify  the  work  of  the  class-room.  A  power 
may  be  had  through  it  which  cannot  be  gained  in  the  more  formal  meet- 
ings, and  I  would  have  at  least  one-half  of  the  time-  allotted  by  students  to 
the  study  of  applied  science,  spent  in  properly  supervised  laboratories. 

The  subjects  taught  are  not  of  so  much  importance  as  the  effect  to  be 
gained  in  the  student's  powers,  but  certain  branches  lend  themselves  par- 
ticularly to  the  desired  end  and  admirable  laboratory  equipments  in  those 
branches  are  essential  to  every  fully  succcessful  school  of  engineering. 
There  the  budget  of  the  university  is  affected.  It  requires  large  sums  of 
money  to  equip,  maintain,  and  administer  such  teaching  laboratories,  and 
only  few  of  the  greater  engineering  schools  have  yet  approached  a  satisfac- 
tory point  therein.  In  this  State  of  great  mineral  wealth,  that  has  been, 
and  is  still  more  largely  being,  developed  through  the  knowledge  of  the  en- 
gineer, it  is  reasonable  to  hope  that  some  public-spirited  citizen  of  ample 
means  will  adequately  endow  the  engineering  laboratories  of  this,  the  Uni- 
versity of  his  own  State,  so  that  they  may  take  and  hold  due  rank  with  the 
best. 

But  some  of  you  may  say,  what  is  the  benefit  to  the  body  politic  of  the 
expensive  laboratories  in  our  midst?  We  admit  the  benefit  to  the  students 
who  personally  enjoy  their  advantages,  but  is  their  effect  more  far-reaching? 
Most  assuredly  their  effect  is  more  far-reaching, — it  reaches  to  the  utter- 
most limits  of  the  industrial  progress  and  prosperity  of  the  land.  In  this 
nation,  the  industrial  pursuits  are  engineering  pursuits,  and  each  better- 
ment of  clear  perception  amongst  the  engineers  goes  to  strengthen  the  roots 
of  our  whole  national  life.  He  who  truly  ponders  the  question  of  modern 
civilization,  cannot  but  admit  that  its  best  and  kindest  features  rest  imme- 
diately upon  the  foundations  of  scientific  discovery  and  invention,  and  that 
the  engineers  and  their  works  constitute  the  most  mighty  human  force  now 
moving  society. 

Let  us  think  of  a  few  of  the  engineering  feats  of  the  century  gone  by: 
George  Stephenson,  in  1829,  after  painfully  developing  the  locomotive, 
won  the  Rainhill  contest  and  the  pre-eminence  of  steam  locomotion  over 
draft  animals  was  established  before  the  world.  Here  was  the  christening 
of  that  civilization  which  rests  on  the  ready  communication  between  the 
people. 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  57 

Joseph  Henry,  engineer  by  nature  and  education,  scientist  of  renown, 
perfected  the  electro  magnet,  adapted  it  for  signalling  purposes,  and  taught 
the  world  how  to  operate  it  at  a  distance.  The  fruits  of  this  single  applica- 
tion of  electro-magnetism,  brought  to  commercial  perfection  through  the  ef- 
forts of  the  then  derided  Morse  and  the  brilliant  Graham  Bell,  have  twice 
revolutionized  the  commerce  of  the  world  and  incalculably  advanced  its  civ- 
ilization. 

Through  the  brilliant  and  daring  Ericsson,  one  of  those  mighty  acts  of 
Providence  that  sometimes  occur  in  the  guise  of  miracles,  was  wrought  in 
Hampton  Roads  for  the  preservation  of  independence  and  liberty  amongst 
the  race. 

These  examples  from  the  last  century  are  suflacient  to  serve  my  pur- 
pose of  illustration.  The  progress  of  the  new  century  bids  fair  to  magnifi- 
cently exceed  the  past. 

The  engineers  of  the  world  may  be  thought  of  in  connection  with  three 
classes: 

1.  The  scientific  followers  after  principles  and  inventions. 

2.  The  plodding  constructors  and  originators  of  structures. 

3.  The  engineering  plungers  and  promoters. 

The  first  are  to-day  by  far  the  greatest,  and  their  pre-eminence  grows 
with  each  application  of  new  discoveries  to  the  use  and  convenience  of  man. 
But  we  must  not  fail  to  give  proper  honor  to  the  faithful  workers  of  the  sec- 
ond class  who  founded  the  profession  and  are  yet  its  mainstay;  or  to  lend 
due  admiration  to  the  brilliancy  and  daring  of  the  third  class. 

In  the  first  class  are  found  such  names  as  Rankine,  Lord  Kelvin,  Wer- 
ner Siemens,  John  Hopkinson  and  Joseph  Henry,  to  whom  I  have  referred. 
In  the  second  class  stand  Telford,  Stephenson,  Gramme,  Corliss,  and  many 
others  of  renown;  while  James  Watt  stands  as  a  link  between  them  and  the 
first.  The  third  class  lists  such  men  as  the  admiration  compelling  Ericsson, 
Bessemer,  Holly  and  Morse. 

These  men,  who  have  so  largely  contributed  their  part  of  blood  to  the 
living  strength  of  the  industries,  whom  I  have  selected  to  represent  the  past 
in  engineering,  are  giants  in  beneficent  influence  upon  the  growth  of  civil- 
ization and  the  development  of  the  wealth  of  the  world.  Their  lives  will  be 
felt  until  the  name  of  the  nineteenth  century  is  blotted  from  the  memory 
of  man.  Each  has  played  his  part.  The  industry  promoting  Bessemers  more 
immediately  increase  the  wealth  of  the  world;  the  steady  Telfords  and 
Stephensons  contribute  much  to  its  permanent  comfort  and  convenience;  but 
the  scientific  discoverers  of  principles  and  engineering  inventions  appear  to 
lend  the  most  far-reaching  influence  on  the  world  and  its  civilization.  Let  us 
see  what  foundation  of  knowledge  now  exists  upon  which  such  men  may 
base  their  work. 

With  all  the  effort  of  the  centuries  since  the  days  of  Gilbert  and  of 
Bacon,  when  the  validity  of  experimentally  proving  natural  laws  was  firmly 
established,  we  have  really  advanced  but  little  towards  the  heart  of  Nature's 


58  UNIVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

secrets.    The  material  progress  of  the  world  depends  largely  upon  improve- 
ments in  our  methods  of  utilizing  what  we  now  think  of  as  three  factors. 

1.  The  properties  of  material  matter. 

2.  The  characteristics  of  energy. 

3.  The  characteristics  of  intellect  as  found  in  organic  life. 

We  are  yet  profoundly  ignorant  of  the  ultimate  character  of  either  mat- 
ter, energy,  or  life.  Experiments  seem  to  indicate  that  we  may  find  the  clue 
to  the  mystery  of  the  first  two,  but  it  is  yet  impossible  to  assert  whether  in 
our  present  state  we  may  reach  an  entire  understanding  of  their  true  char- 
acter. Experimental  investigations  often  become  increasingly  diflacult  as  we 
approach  the  goal  of  ultimate  truth,  and  the  final  attempt  tO'  press  into  the 
citadel  of  a  cardinal  truth  may  cost  more  effort  than  all  of  the  approach 
through  the  outer  works. 

However,  we  have  gained  a  store  of  knowledge  about  materials,  energy, 
and  organic  life,  and  have  organized  it  in  such  a  way  that  it  seems  to  point 
to  a  few  great,  generalized  facts.  We  apparently  have  learned  that  Nature 
is  never  idle,  but  that  she  is  a  persistent  worker  with  a  steady,  cumulative 
activity  in  which  there  is  ever  a  unity  and  no  discontinuity;  that  there  is  an 
ever  present  dovetailedness,  as  Dickens,  I  think,  put  it.  Nature's  activities 
are  not  isolated  and  independent  of  each  other,  but  are  apparently  all  in 
intimate  relation,  and  governed  by  the  same  all-pervading  fundamental  laws. 
This  is  the  foundation  on  which  the  engineers  of  the  present  century  have  to 
work.  Meagre  as  it  is,  it  is  far  in  advance  of  that  occupied  by  their  predeces- 
sors of  one  century  ago. 

Of  fundamental  laws  we  seem  to  have  proved  two, — the  law  of  the  con- 
servation of  energy,  as  it  is  called,  and  the  law  of  organic  evolution,  which 
controls  the  development  of  life  through  the  "survival  of  the  fittest,"  I 
spoke  of  these  as  proved,  and  so  they  have  been  as  far  as  they  relate  to  the 
problems  of  our  daily  life;  but  they  have  been  rather  deduced  by  inference, 
as  far  as  the  universe  at  large  is  concerned,  than  established  by  demonstra- 
tions. The  law  of  evolution  has  been  so  widely  discussed  in  type  and  speech, 
that  I  may  assume  on  the  part  of  each  of  you  some  knowledge  of  its  doc- 
trine, and  I  will  at  once  pass  on. 

The  Law  of  Conservation  of  Energy  asserts  that  energy  cannot  be 
created  nor  destroyed.  We  may  transform  energy  in  any  maniier  within  the 
compass  of  our  intellect,  but  we  finish  with  the  same  amount  of  energy  as 
we  started  with.  We  may  transform  the  chemical  energy  of  coal,  by  com- 
bustion in  a  boiler  furnace,  into  heat  energy,  and  this  may  be  utilized  to 
"raise  steam."  The  energy  in  the  steam  may  be  transformed  into  mechani- 
cal energy  by  means  of  a  steam  engine,  and  this  into  electrical  energy  by  a 
dynamo.  The  electrical  energy  will  be  less  than  the  original  chemical  en- 
ergy because  some  of  the  heat  has  gone  to  contribute  warmth  to  the  sur- 
rounding air  and  solid  bodies,  but  the  available  electrical  energy  added  to 
all  of  this  heat  (which  has  not  been  destroyed,  mind  you,  but  continues  to 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  59 

exist  as  heat)  makes  a  sum  which,  exactly  equals  the  original  chemical  en- 
ergy in  the  coal. 

Another  fundamental  law  has  been  ordinarily  accepted  as  governing. 
This  relates  to  matter.  You  all  know  that  matter  is  apparently  indestruct- 
ible. Transform  it  as  we  may;  change,  by  combination,  the  matter  which 
we  call  hydrogen  and  that  which  we  call  oxygen  into  that  which  we  call  wa- 
ter; again,  combine  this  with  metallic  sodium  to  form  caustic  soda;  again, 
form  other  combinations  or  compounds;— but  through  them  all  we  have  ap- 
parently transformed  matter  without  gain  or  loss,  and  hold  the  same  mass 
at  the  end  of  our  transformation  as  we  held  at  the  beginning.  The  chem- 
ists have  been  making  a  very  thorough  study  of  this  idea,  for  years  past, 
and  they  do  not  seem  convinced  that  it  represents  a  universally  applicable 
law;  but  for  all  present  purposes  of  the  engineer  it  may  be  safely  accepted. 

In  accordance  with  these  laws  relating  to  matter,  energy,  and  life,  and 
their  myriad  of  corollaries,  the  professional  engineer  must  carry  on  his  work 
through  the  discovery  of  scientific  principles  and  their  useful  combinations. 
Invention  is  no  longer  a  mere  question  of  designing  a  working  machine.  That 
may  now  be  safely  left  to  the  skilled  mechanic;  while  the  engineering  in- 
ventor must  discover  new  combinations  of  scientific  principles  and  give  them 
applications  that  are  useful  to  man  in  order  that  they  may  more  perfectly 
contribute  to  the  support  of  the  race.  Men  must  be  educated  for  this  pur- 
pose in  our  Schools  of  Applied  Science.  This  education  cannot  be  efliciently 
gained  without  the  help  of  the  schools. 

Again,  new  principles  must  be  discovered  and  great  laws  deduced,  and 
contributions  must  be  levied  from  them  for  the  support  and  advancement  of 
the  race.  It  has  long  and  justly  been  regarded  a  signal  achievement  to  dis- 
cover an  important  phenomenon  or  principle  in  science,  and  the  discoverer 
has  been  stamped  a  learned  and  great  man.  It  is  still  a  signal  achievement 
to  discover,  but  the  discoverer  may  add  lustreuto  his  fame  in  our  time  by 
directing  the  application  of  his  discovery  to  the  service  of  mankind,  so  that 
no  undue  delay  may  be  suffered  to  occur  before  it  too  contributes  to  the  wel- 
fare of  civilization.  These  men  also  .may  be  most  effectively  educated  in  our 
Schools  of  Applied  Science. 

The  motive  force  of  progress  and  civilization  at  the  opening  of  the 
twentieth  century  is  infinitely  greater  than  at  the  opening  of  the  nineteenth, 
largely  due  to  discoveries  and  the  world's  slight  education  in  science;  and 
the  possibilities  following  great  discoveries  are  equally  increased.  Carrying 
this  education,  of  the  people  in  applied  science,  to  its  farthest,  must  accen- 
tuate the  progress,  bringing  with  it  those  trains  of  good  that  follow  in  the 
wake  of  broader  intelligence  and  wider  opportunities.  Every  industry,  every 
line  of  transportation  or  system  of  intercommunication,  every  branch  of  use- 
ful endeavor,  has  profited  by  the  growth  of  scientific  teaching  and  the  work 
of  the  engineering  schools;  and  civilization,  which  spreads,  fattens,  and 
grows  great  through  transportation  and  intercommunication  between  peo- 
ples, has  been  the  gainer.     Manifestly,  the  influence  of  the  Schools  of  Ap- 


60  UNIVEESITY    OF    COLOEADO  v 

plied  Science  is  vastly  greater  than  the  effect  directly  produced  on  their  in- 
dividual pupils, — large  though  the  latter  is. 

Consider  the  growth  of  our  own  people!  The  nineteenth  century  opened 
while  the  meridian  crossing  the  center  of  our  population  bathed  half  its 
length  in  the  Atlantic  ocean.  Now  it  approaches  its  baptism  in  the  Missis- 
sippi. The  opening  of  our  fertile  domains,  of  which  this  tells  the  tale,  is  a 
story  of  transportation  and  intercommunicatioil — the  steam  railroad  and  the 
electro-magnetic  telegraph,  applied  science  allied  with  vigilant  energy. 

Much  was  formerly  preached  of  a  discord  between  theory  and  practice 
in  engineering.  But  no  such  discord  ever  existed  except  in  the  minds  of  the 
unlearned,  and  with  even  them  it  existed  only  as  the  suspicion  arising,  as 
Bacon  says,  "of  little  knowledge."  Even  this  phantom  was  banished  in  1855 
through  an  admirable  address  by  the  learned  engineer.  Professor  Rankine, 
whose  discoveries  added  much  to  engineering  practice  and  whose  early 
death  was  so  deeply  mourned.  After  tracing  the  development  of  meagre 
scientific  knowledge  and  mechanical  practice  amongst  the  ancients.  Pro- 
fessor Rankine  makes  the  following  observations: 

"As  a  systematically  avowed  doctrine,  there  can  be  no  doubt  .that  the 
fallacy  of  a  discrepancy  between  rational  and  practical  mechanics  came  long 
ago  to  an  end;  and  that  every  well  informed  and  sane  man,  expressing  a 
deliberate  opinion  upon  the  mutual  relations  of  those  two  branches  of  sci- 
ence would  at  once  admit  that  they  agree  in  their  principles,  and  assist  each 
other's  progress,  and  that  such  distinction  as  exists  between  them  arises 
from  the  difference  of  the  purposes  to  which  the  same  body  of  principles  is 
applied.  If  this  doctrine  had  as  strong  influence,"  continues  Rankine,  "over  the 
actions  of  men  as  it  now  has  over  their  reasonings,  it  would  have  been  un- 
necessary for  me  to  describe  so  fully  as  I  have  done,  the  great  scientific 
fallacy  of  the  ancients.  I  might,  in  fact,  have  passed  it  over  in  silence,  as 
dead  and  forgotten;  but,  unfortunately,  that  discrepancy  between  theory  and 
practice,  which  in  sound  physical  and  mechanical  science  is  a  delusion,  has 
a  real  existence  in  the  mind  of  men;  and  that  fallacy,  though  rejected  by 
their  judgments,  continues  to  exert  an  influence  over  their  acts.  Therefore 
it  is  that  I  have  endeavored  to  trace  the  prejudice  and  practice,  especially 
in  mechanics,  to  its  origin;  and  to  show  that  it  is  the  ghost  of  a  defunct  fal- 
lacy of  the  ancient  Greeks  and  of  the  mediaeval  schoolmen." 

Enough  has  been  said  to  illustrate  my  point.  The  influence  of  Schools 
of  Applied  Science  is  vast  and  far-reaching;  and  every  dollar  spent  in  the 
establishment  and  maintenance  of  well  considered  schools  not  only  returns 
abundantly  to  the  States  in  which  the  schools  are  centered,  but  their  useful- 
ness may  extend  to  the  nation  and  the  world  at  large.  Patriotism  now  needs 
no  better  object  than  the  founding  of  such  schools. 

We  may  now  justly  turn  to  inquire  into  the  character  of  the  education 
for  the  individual  that  may  be  derived  from  such  schools.  Herbert  Spencer 
names  in  a  sentence  the  true  criterion  by  which  to  judge  of  the  adequacy 
of  an  educational  process,  and  I  cannot  refrain  from  a  quotation: 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  61 

"To  prepare  us  for  complete  living,"  says  he,  "is  the  function  which 
education  has  to  discharge;  and  the  only  rational  mode  of  judging  of  any 
educational  course  is,  to  judge  in  what  degree  it  discharges  such  functions." 

Here  arises  the  query,  what  is  complete  living?  Spencer  answers  this, 
but  we  may  each  likewise  answer  for  himself  out  of  his  personal  conscious- 
ness, and  experience:  an  education  for  complete  living  includes  training  the 
faculties  of  self-preservation,  the  faculties  of  self-support,  the  faculties  of 
proper  parentage,  the  faculties  of  proper  citizenship  including  the  better- 
ment of  our  political  and  social  relations,  the  faculties  of  properly  enjoying 
one's  leisure  and  lending  enjoyment  to  others.  Education,  tO'  use  the  words 
of  Huxley,  "ought  to  be  directed  to  the  making  of  inen"  and  must  include 
"things  and  their  forces,  but  (also)  men  and  their  ways."  We  cannot,  we 
must  not,  cultivate  one  to  the  exclusion  of  the  other. 

The  study  of  science  and  its  applications,  in  the  atmosphere  of  our 
better  engineering  schools,  certainly  lends  largely  to  each  of  the  faculties 
and  powers  which  are  required  for  complete  living.  It  has  been  asserted 
that  it  lends  more  immediately  to  the  earlier  and  less  disinterested  ones;  but 
this  assertion  I  must  deny.  The  profession  of  the  engineer  demands  a  crea- 
tive imagination  cultivated  to  the  sober,  clear  sight  which  sees  things  as 
they  are;  and  a  quick  appreciation  of  the  effect  of  sentences  and  their  com- 
binations; which  make  him  akin  to  the  creators  of  art  and  literature,  and 
give  him  in  large  degree  the  more  disinterested  faculties  named.  I  am  will- 
ing to  yield  to  no  one  in  an  appreciation  of  art,  literature,  and  music  as  an 
element  of  the  highest  importance  in  the  education  which  goes  to  relieve  the 
strain  of  an  over  strenuous  professional  existence  and  to  smooth  the  rela- 
tions between  fellow  men;  and  I  cannot  but  regret  that  these  liberal 
branches  must  be  omitted  from  the  curricula  of  the  engineering  schools.  But 
I  also  cannot  fail  to  remember  that  an  education  in  applied  science  brings 
keenness  of  perception,  and  recognition  of  truth  and  beauty,  to  its  average 
followers,  from  which  springs  an  appreciation  of  art  and  literature  and  music 
which  rivals  that  produced  in  the  most  gifted  product  of  the  literary  col- 
leges. "With  wisdom  and  uprightness  a  nation  can  make  its  way  worthily, 
and  beauty  will  follow  in  the  footsteps  of  the  two,  even  if  she  be  not  spe- 
cially invited." 

Of  all  the  intellectual  faculties  which  we  cultivate  through  education, 
the  most  useful  is  the  faculty  of  sound  and  mature  judgment,  and  of  all,  this 
is  the  one  most  often  deficient.  Here  the  laboratories  of  applied  science 
are  strong  in  their  influence  for  good.  That  man  who  follows  the  laboratory 
courses  in  one  of  our  well  administered  engineering  colleges  and  goes  forth 
without  improvement  in  his  faculty  of  judgment  and  a  quickening  of  his 
executive  powers  is  an  unworthy  son  of  man.  The  force  of  straight  thinking 
cannot  be  overestimated.  "Victory  is  for  the  people  who  see  things  as  they 
are  without  illusion,  who  do  not  take  phrases  for  facts,"  and  straight  think- 
ing is  one  of  the  gifts  derived  from  the  engineering  laboratories.  The  engi- 
neer's duties  require  that  he  shall  possess  this  most  important  of  mental  at- 


62  UNIVEESITY    OP    COLORADO 

tributes ;  and  fortunate  it  is  for  the  profession,  for  it  makes  of  every  great 
engineer  a  man  of  greatness.  Do  you  question  this  statement? — if  you  but 
inquire  of  the  past  you  will  find  it  proved.  Amongst  no  class  of  men  is 
found  a  broader  sympathy  with  humanity  and  a  more  liberal  view  of  the 
progress  of  the  race  than  is  exampled  in  the  lives  and  works  of  the  great  en- 
gineers, and  none  have  been  better  or  nobler  citizens. 

Yet,  withal,  it  must  be  a  matter  of  concern  in  the  technological  schools 
lest  the  lines  be  drawn  too  close,  and  the  student  become  absorbed  in  an  un- 
generous, over-earnest  pursuit  of  details.  Breadth  of  view  may  be  sacrificed 
unless  our  teachers  be  men  of  ripeness  and  power,  and  the  students  learn 
through  them  that  each  element  in  the  life  of  the  "complete  liver"  has  of  it- 
self an  intrinsic  merit.  This  fear  of  a  belittled  outlook  for  some  of  our  stu- 
dents, whose  ambitions  or  mental  aspirations  may  have  never  been  stirred  in 
their  precoUege  days,  would  be  dissipated  could  the  personality  of  each 
teacher  in  the  schools  of  applied  science  include  that  rare  combination  of 
mellow  scholarship,  clear  scientific  perception,  and  engineering  common 
sense  which  we  occasionally  meet  and  which  a  few  colleges  rejoice  to  retain 
in  their  midst. 

The  teaching  force  of  an  engineering  school  should  ideally  be  made 
up  of  engineers, — men  who  have  seen  some  years  of  successful  practice  (and 
preferably  continue  to  hold  some  practice),  who  are  held  in  esteem  for  such 
by  their  brethren  in  practice;  but  who  have  a  joy  in  the  quiet  life  of  the 
scholar  which  is  traditionally  associated  with  the  colleges,  and  whO'  may  thus 
be  contented  when  outside  of  the  immediate  tide  of  engineering  production. 
Yet  the  teaching  of  engineering  is  a  question  of  pedagogy  rather  than  of  the 
engineering  profession,  and  it  must  be  dealt  with  with  this  clearly  in  view. 
Here  is  one  source  of  many  profound  imperfections  in  our  existing  schools. 
I  venture  to  say  that  it  is  the  exception  rather  than  the  rule  when  a  teacher 
in  a  school  of  applied  science  has  given  any  consideration  to  the  tenets  of 
psychology  and  pedagogy,  upon  the  due  application  of  which  depends  much 
of  his  success  in  properly  impressing  his  students.  These  teachers  are  doubt- 
less ho  greater  offenders  than  their  brethren  in  the  so-called  colleges  of  lib- 
eral arts,  but  in  this  is  found  no  palliation  for  the  offense.  Fortunately,  a 
goodly  proportion  of  the  older  ones  amongst  the  devoted  men  who  are  con- 
tributing their  blood  and  brains  to  the  welfare  of  the  engineering  schools  are 
often  endowed  with  a  natural  sense  of  fitness  in  the  processes  of  education, 
and  the  younger  gain  due  appreciation  of  methods  from  association  with 
them.  Yet  I  must  regret  to  say  that  proposals  relating  to  the  curricula  of 
the  technological  schools  are  frequently  offered  which  unpardonably  violate 
every  tenet  of  good  teaching. 

This  condition  ought  not  to  exist,  and  it  cannot  continue  after  the  truth 
has  seized  hold:  that  these  schools  are  facing  a  teacher's  problem  which 
must  indeed  be  met  by  engineers  with  all  of  the  directness  and  power  of  the 
engineer's  best  efforts, — but  that  the  problem  cannot  be  solved  as  one  solely 
relating  to  the  engineering  profession. 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  63 

It  is  sometimes  thought  that  men  who  cannot  make  a  success  in  busi- 
ness life  are  just  right  for  teaching.  This  is  entirely  wrong,  and  the  idea 
should  not  be  admitted  for  a  moment  in  any  modem  technological  school. 
The  discontented  man  who  has  made  a  failure  in  business  life  will  certainly 
make  a  failure  in  teaching  engineering.  Engineering  colleges  should  avoid 
"men  who  are  fools  in  working,"  even  though  they  are  "philosophers  in 
speaking."  Enthusiastic  men  are  wanted;  they  may  be  young  men,  if  needs 
be,  but  they  must  be  paid  well  enough  so  that  they  may  take  places  as  self- 
respecting  members  of  the  engineering  profession,  and  they  must  be  properly 
chosen  with  respect  to  their  qualifications.  These  men  must  be  good 
professional  engineers;  they  must  possess  power  and  satisfaction  gained 
from  engineering  research,  and  from  attainments  in  other  lines  thai^  those 
of  purely  professional  acquirement;  but  sound  teaching  is  their  work  of 
first  importance.  It  is  very  difficult  to  teach  well,  but  that  is  no  excuse  for 
admitting  poor  teaching  into  the  engineering  schools. 

The  problem  in  the  engineering  colleges  is  rendered  more  complex  by 
the  character  of  the  curricula,  which  require  that  the  students  shall  follow 
for  a  period  what  may  be  denominated  preparatory  science  instruction  before 
they  enter  upon  the  truly  professional  work.  In  the  latter,  at  least,  the 
teaching  should  be  largely  by  inspiration  and  suggestion. 

The  process  of  gathering,  organizing  and  assimilating  knowledge  by 
each  student  should,  as  Spencer  suggests,  be  as  far  as  possible  a  process  of 
self-evolution.  If  a  professional  student  will  not  follow  his  work  with  zest 
and  satisfaction,  it  is  a  thankless  and  doubtful  task  to  force  him  to  it.  The 
best  method  for  the  teacher  in  professional  subjects  (but  the  method  of  all 
methods  difficult  to  follow  without  abuse) ,  is  indicated  in  Kipling's  verse: 

"For  they  taught  us  common  sense, — 
Tried  to  teach  us  common  sense — 
Truth,  and  God's  Own  Common  Sense 
Which  is  more  than  knowledge. 

*  *  *  4i  4!  « 

"This  we  learned  from  famous  men 
Knowing  not  we  learned." 

The  engineering  colleges  are  at  fault  in  not  more  fully  developing  the 
initiative,  the  enterprise,  and  the  executive  powers  of  their  students,  though 
this  is  a  difficult  part  of  the  task  of  "making  a  man."  But  that  thing  must  be 
done  in  order  to  make  successful  industrial  engineers.  It  can  be  done 
largely  by  infiuence,  by  the  character  of  the  treatment  of  the  students,  and 
by  the  sort  of  ambitions  that  are  put  into  them.  It  can  be  done  in  some  de- 
gree by  the  selection  of  the  work  assigned  to  the  curriculum,  but  the  sub- 
jects studied  are  of  less  importance  than  that  the  students  learn, 

"Truth,  and  God's  Own  Common  Sense." 
The  teacher  must  remember  when  he  tries  to  teach  by  inspiration,  even 
though  his  time  and  method  be  wisely  chosen,  that  he  may  expect  to  receive 


64  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

in  the  class-room  some  hard  blows  to  his  self-regard  and  his  esteem  for  his 
teaching.  He  may  pour  stimulating  thoughts  over  his  students  day  after  day 
for  weeks  and  finally  find  that  few  have  taken  root.  He  may  even  be  brought 
to  that  state  of  desperate  depression  that  is  illustrated  in  one  of  Turgenev's 
novels  when  its  hero,  Dmetri  Rudin,  failed  to  succeed  in  his  post  at  the 
University.  The  engineering  teacher — provided  he  is  sure  of  his  time  and 
method — may  take  heart  by  remembering  this:  that  if  every  stimulating 
thought  presented  to  his  students,  whether  relating  tO'  professional  applica- 
tions of  theoretical  principles  or  directly  to  the  development  of  initiative, 
self-reliance,  and  executive  powers — if  every  stimulating  thought  took  root  in 
every  student's  mind,  those  minds  would  become  overburdened  cyclone  cen- 
ters of  thought,  and  if  one  real  thought  takes  root  from  time  to  time  in  each 
student's  mind  the  teacher  may  be  truly  satisfied. 

I  have  already  suggested  that  the  question  of  professional  instruction 
in  the  engineering  schools  is  entangled  with  the  problem  of  leading  the  stu- 
dents through  a  course  of  preparatory  science  looking  towards  the  profes- 
sional studies.  The  medical  schools  may  and  largely  dO'  escape  this  respon- 
sibility by  requiring  their  students  to  pursue  a  liberal  college  course  before 
embracing  the  professional  courses.  The  existing  plan  of  the  medical 
schools  is  ill-advised  when  viewed  from  the  engineer's  standpoint,  but  we 
hope  that  some  inviting  plan  may  yet  result  from  the  proposals  made  by  sev- 
eral great  university  presidents  in  respect  to  co'-ordinating  the  liberal  and 
professional  courses.  We  would  gladly  welcome  the  old-time  college 
course  and  the  old-time  preparatory  course,  especially,  so  far  as  they  made 
men  of  vigorous  thought  who  could  spell  and  cipher,  and  we  now  gladly  re- 
ceive and  encourage  all  students  who  have  been  willing  and  able  to  complete 
an  academic  college  course  before  entering  upon  their  technological  studies. 

Broadly,  however,  until  there  arises  such  an  advantageous  plan  of  co- 
ordination which  may  be  adopted  with  benefit  to  our  students  and  to  the  en- 
gineering profession,  the  engineering  schools  will  continue  to  instruct  their 
students  for  four  years  immediately  following  the  high-school  course, — the 
first  two  years  being  largely  filled  with  mathematics,  chemistry,  modern  lan- 
guages, drawing  and  other  subjects  leading  to  the  professional  studies  of  the 
engineer.  These  students  come  freely  to  the  college  at  an  age  between  sev- 
enteen and  twenty,  equally  immature  in  mind  and  body, — and  one  part  must 
not  be  trained  at  the  sacrifice  of  the  other.  "It  is  not  sufficient  to  make  his 
mind  strong,  his  muscles  must  also'  be  strengthened;  the  mind  is  overbourne 
if  it  be  not  seconded." 

Montaigne  puts  it  very  gracefully:  "It  is  not  a  mind,  it  is  not  a  body 
which  we  erect,  but  it  is  a  man,  and  we  must  not  make  two  parts  of  him."  A 
prime  requisite  to  success  in  life  "is  to  be  a  good  animal,"  and  the  engineer- 
ing school  must  look  after  the  bodily  and  social  welfare  of  these  entering 
students  in  a  way  that  is  not  required  of  the  medical  school  with  its  course 
largely  recruited  from  the  liberal  college.  These  students  should  be  encour- 
aged to  enter  into  the  various  interests  of  the  life  around  them,  especially  of 


QUARTO-CENTEIS^NIAL    CELEBRATION.  65 

the  college  life,  including  its  social  affairs  and  its  athletics  and  gymnastics. 
The  extra  responsibility  which  thus  rests  upon  the  teachers  in  the  engineer- 
ing school,  equally  increases  the  effect  of  the  influence  with  which  his  per- 
sonality affects  his  students.  The  latter  is  a  recompense  that  every  lover  of 
-teaching  will  willingly  make  sacrifices  to  obtain. 

My  discussion  of  my  subject  has  been  brief;  though  perhaps  as  long  as 
you  desire.  I  have  tried  to  show  you  that  the  wide  influence  of  the  engineer- 
ing schools  is  of  two  branches:  First,  a  direct  effect  exerted  through  the 
graduates  extending  the  useful  applications  of  science  to  the  advantage  of 
man  (which  is  the  effort  of  every  true  engineer) ;  second,  an  indirect  (but 
equally  important)  effect  resulting  from  the  admirable  education, dissemin- 
ated amongst  the  people.  And  I  have  pointed  out  not  only  elements  of  great 
educational  strength,  but  also  some  sources  of  weakness  in  the  schools.  It 
has  been  my  particular  wish  to  bring  to  your  mind  some  image  of  the  potent 
influence  for  good  which  has  been  in  the  past,  and  still  more  may  be  in  the 
future,  borne  in  the  body  politic  by  these  schools,  and  to  impress  you  with 
the  desirability  of  bringing  tO'  their  support,  the  same  bountiful  endowments 
that  are  now  justly  flowing  to  the  support  of  the  medical  schools.  I  trust 
that  I  may  have  interested  you,  and  that  I  may  have  reached,  in  some  de- 
gree at  least,  my  object. 

In  the  course  of  my  remarks  I  have  had  frequent  occasion  to  use  the 
phrase  "applied  science."  You  must  not  mistake  me.  Applied  science  is 
not  something  set  off  by  itself  and  differing  from  "pure  science,"  so-called. 
Far  from  it.  It  is  pure  science,  if  you  wish,  pursued  in  the  stimulating,  nu- 
trient atmosphere  bred  of  the  belief  that  all  scienttflc  knowledge  returns  to 
its  possessor  great  good  in  proportion  to  the  advantages  which  he,  through 
it,  brings  to  mankind.  Such  an  atmosphere  is  to  be  found  in  many  of  our 
medical  schools,  and,  I  hope,  in  all  of  our  engineering  schools. 


66  UNIVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

FRIDAY  EVENING. 
THE  STUDENTS'  PARADE. 

About  500  people  took  part  in  the  illuminated  parade  of  students 
and  alumni.  The  procession  was  marshaled  by  Mr.  Harry  P.  G-amble, 
an  alumnus  of  the  University.  The  line  was  formed  under  the  arc  lights 
of  the  campus  and  moved  at  7  o'clock,  going  north  on  Twelfth  Street  to 
Pearl,  thence  west  to  Tenth,  north  to  Spruce,  east  to  Twelfth,  north  to 
Pine,  east  to  Fifteenth,  south  to  Pearl,  west  to  Twelfth  and  south  to  the 
University.  Music  was  furnished  by  the  Elks'  band,  which  marched  at 
the  head  of  the  line,  followed  by  the  cadet  corps  of  the  State  Preparatory 
School. 

The  alumnae  of  the  institution  rode  in  a  tallyho,  behind  which 
marched  the  alumni.  Classes  were  distinguished  by  transparencies,  col- 
ors, yells  and  songs. 

Following  the  alumni  were  the  college  seniors,  who  represented  in 
a  spectacular  way  the  progress  in  dress,  modes  of  travel  and  college  life 
since  the  founding  of  the  University.  The  first  graduating  class  ('83) 
was  represented  under  its  own  colors  (blue  and  gray)  riding  in  an  old 
stage  drawn  by  six  horses  and  carrying  sixteen  students  dressed  in  the 
costume  of  the  early  days.  A  prairie  scfhooner  followed,  decke^d  in  the 
colors  of  the  University  (silver  and  gold).  Its  occupants  represented  the 
early  life  of  the  State.  Then  came  an  automobile,  decorated  in  the  colors 
of  the  class  of  '03  (brown  and  gold),  carrying  two  seniors  in  cap  and 
gown. 

The  juniors  followed  with  a  float  which  carried  the  young  women 
of  the  class.  Class  numerals  were  displayed  on  an  arch,  and  the  decora- 
tions were  in  evergreen  and  the  class  colors.  The  young  men  of  the  class 
marched  behind  in  column. 

The  sophomore  division  was  headed  by  a  large  transparency  in  the 
form  of  a  tetrahedron,  bearing  on  two  sides  the  numerals  of  the  class, 
'05,  and  on  the  front  "Clear  the  track."  The  feature  of  this  division 
was  the  tallyho  which  carried  the  young  women  of  the  class.  The  in- 
scriptions were :  "Cicero,  Caesar,  Livy  and  Ovid." 

The  freshmen  appeared  as  infants,  dressed  in  white.  The  young 
women  rode  in  tallyhos,  while  the  young  men,  wearing  dunce  caps, 
marched  behind. 

Following  the  college  came  the  professional  schools  in  the  order  of 
their  establishment.    The  School  of  Medicine  gave  a  spectacular  repre- 


QTJAETO-CENTEI^NIAL    CELEBRATION.  67 

sentation  of  the  progress  of  the  medical  profession :  An  Indian  medicine 
man ;  a  quack  doctor ;  an  old-time  doctor  on  horseback ;  a  country  doctor 
in  his  buggy ;  a  city  doctor  in  his  rubber  tired  carriage  and  an  up-to-date 
doctor  in  an  automobile.  The  nurses  of  the  hospital  corps  followed  in  a 
carriage.  >A  wagon  carrying  patent  medicine  men,  stopped  at  frequent 
intervals,  its  occupants  crying  out  their  wares  and  distributing  adver- 
tisements. The  alumni  of  the  medical  school  rode  in  carriages  and  car- 
ried torches.  Most  of  the  present  student  corps  marched,  the  freshmen 
wearing  white  gowns  and  skull  masks.  An  open  carriage  contained  two 
skeletons  which,  by  means  of  mechanical  contrivances,  were  made  to 
salute  the  spectators. 

The  members  of  the  Law  School  rode  in  tallyhos  suitably  decorated 
and  illuminated  with  torches.  The  students  were  all  provided  with 
Roman  candles,  which  were  used  very  effectively. 

The  Engineering  School  brought  up  the  rear  with  a  forty-foot  ban- 
ner bearing  the  inscription,  "Last  but  not  least."  Most  of  this  school 
marched  in  machinists^  costume,  overalls,  jumpers  and  black  skull  caps. 
A  float  carried  a  model  of  the  engineering  building  twelve  feet  long, 
lighted  from  within  and  with  smoke  issuing  from  the  stack.  Another 
float  carried  a  forge,  lathe  and  anvil,  at  each  of  which  men  were  at  work 
making  souvenirs  of  the  occasion.  A  third  float  carried  a  white  dome 
fourteen  feet  high  brilliantly  lighted  by  electric  lamps.  The  current  was 
furnished  from'  a  dynamo  run  by  a  gasoline  engine.  The  president  of 
the  class  and  the  one  lady  student  of  Engineering  rode  in  an  open  car- 
riage. 

THE  RECEPTIONS  AND  REUNIONS. 

These  were  held  in  the  Main  Building  Friday  evening  after  the 
parade.  There  was  a  large  attendance  of  University  and  town  people. 
The  following  committees  received  the  guests : 

RECEPTION  COMMITTEES. 

FACULTY. 

President  and  Mrs.  Baker. 

President  Jacob  G-ould  Schurman  of  Cornell  University. 

Dean  and  Mrs.  Hellems. 

Professor  and  Mrs.  Brackett. 

Dean  Stratton. 


68  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

Dean  and  Mrs.  Eowe. 
Professor  and  Mrs.  Eeed. 

OLD  TIMERS. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  Andrews. 

Mrs.  A.  W.  Bush. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  Drunun. 

Mr.  Luther  Hixon. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Johnson. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  F.  W.  Kohler. 

Mr.  A.  J.  Macky. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  P.  Maxwell. 

Mrs.  J.  H.  O'Brien. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  A.  F.  Safeley. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  K.  Sternberg. 

Mrs.  C.  M.  Tyler. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Engene  Wilder. 

Mr.  Hugh  E.  Steele,  delegate  from  Colorado  Pioneers'  Association. 

ALUMNI  AND  FORMER  STUDENTS. 

Mr.  Henry  0.  Andrew. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edwin  L.  Coates. 

Miss  Edith  DeLong. 

Miss  Maud  Elden. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harry  P.  Gamble. 

Mrs.  Maud  Clark  Gardiner. 

Mr.  A.  A.  Greenman. 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Philip  H.  Keyser. 

Mr.  Omar  E.  Garwood. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  C.  Mason. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  A.  McHarg. 

Miss  Jennie  Sewall. 

Miss  Emma  L.  Sternberg. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Montford  Whiteley. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Eichard  H.  Whiteley. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Franklin  P.  Wood. 


QUABTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  69 

SATURDAY  MORNINa 
THE  GENERAL  EXERQSES- 


PEOGEAMME. 

Orgfan  Prelude.  Pilgrims'  Chorus.  Wagner. 

William  Duane^  Ph.  D. 
Invocation.  ^ 

The  Eight  Eeverend  Chas.  S.  Olmsted,  D.  D.,  Bishop  of  Colorado. 

Quartette.  From  Faust.  Gounod. 

Miss  Eosetta  G.  Bell,     Mr.  Charles  Ingram. 

Miss  May  Whitmore,  Mr.  William  Bell. 

Scripture  Readingf. 

Fred  B.  E.  Hellems,  Ph.  D., 
Dean  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 
Hymn  No.  714.  '^How  Firm  a  Foundation.^' 

The  Congregation. 
Address.  The  University  Past  and  Future. 

President  James  H.  Baker,  LL.  D.,  University  of  Colorado. 
Vocal  Solo.  Aria  from  Samson  et  Delila.  Saint  Saens. 

Miss  Eosetta  G.  Bell. 
Oration. 

President  Jacob  Gould  Schurman,  D.  Sc,  LL.  D., 
Cornell  University. 
Hymn  No.  U6\.       "My  Country,  'Tis  of  Thee." 

The  Congregation. 
Response  by  the  First  President. 

Joseph  A.  Sev^all,  LL.  D. 
Address  by  His  Excellency  the  Governor  of  Colorado* 

Hon.  James  B.  Orman. 
Responses  by  Delegates  of  other  Universities. 
Benediction. 

Orgfan  Postlude.  Military  March.  Schubert. 

William  Duane,  Ph.  D. 

The  exercises  of  the  morning  were  the  most  elaborate  of  the  entire 
celebration.     There  was  a  large  attendance  of  alumni,  former  students, 


70  UI^IVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

old-timers,  donors  and  benefactors  of  the  University,  together  with  dis- 
tinguished citizens  from  various  parts  of  the  State,  and  delegates  from 
Universities,  to  which  invitations  had  been  sent. 

Bishop  Charles  S.  Olmsted,  who  was  to  have  given  the  invocation, 
was  unable  to  be  present  and  in  his  place  Eev.  E,  G-.  Lane  of  Boulder 
gave  the  opening  prayer.  The  President  of  the  University,  Dr.  James 
H.  Baker,  headed  the  procession  which  entered  the  church,  where  the 
exercises  were  held,  shortly  after  ten  o^clock.  This  procession  included 
the  orator  of  the  day.  President  Jacob  Grould  Schurman  of  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, Governor  Orman,  ex-Governor  Adams,  Messrs.  Kendrick  and 
Thompson,  Eegents  of  the  University,  President  Charles  S.  Palmer  of 
the  State  School  of  Mines,  Dr.  Joseph  A.  Sewall,  the  first  President  of' 
the  University,  the  deans  of  the  different  departments  and  members  of 
faculties.    President  Baker  made  the  first  address. 

ADDRESS  BY  PRESIDENT  JAMES  H*  BAKER. 

THE  PAST  AND  FUTURE  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY. 

We  celebrate  the  twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  the  opening  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado.  The  University  was  incorporated  by  an  act  of  the  Ter- 
ritorial Legislature  in  1861.  At  the  date  of  its  opening,  1877,  the  organic  law 
had  made  it  an  institution  of  the  new  State.  It  had  an  endowment  of  public 
lands  granted  by  Congress  and  a  fixed  income  provided  by  the  first  General 
Assembly.  It  owned  the  present  site  previously  donated  by  citizens  of 
Boulder  and  upon  it  stood,  solitary,  the  main  building.  The  founding  of  the 
University  had  not  been  accomplished  without  struggle.  For  more  than  fif- 
teen years — nearly  the  entire  period  of  our  territorial  history — a  few  men 
had  stood  for  the  project.  Pioneers  are  always  made  of  better  than  average 
stuff.  The  guiding  spirits  of  Colorado's  early  period  were  choice  men.  Their 
interests  were  not  merely  material  or  selfish;  they  had  a  vision  of  the  future 
and  recognized  their  obligations  in  the  formative  period  of  the  State's  ideals. 
The  people  of  Boulder,  with  a  sacrifice  in  many  instances  heroic,  contrib- 
uted to  the  necessary  funds  for  the  first  building  of  the  University.  This 
preparatory  stage  of  history  is  to  be  gratefully  remembered  and  we  cordially 
greet  the  pioneers  who  are  here  to-day  to  view  the  progress  of  the  structure 
whose  foundations  they  helped  to  lay. 

The  first  period  of  growth  was  under  Dr.  Sewall's  presidency.  At  the 
start  the  institution  was  neither  university  nor  college;  it  had  only  Normal 
and  Preparatory  classes.  There  were  two  instructors  and  forty-four  stu- 
dents.   During  this  period  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  was  well  established, 


QUARTO-CEISTTENNIAL    CELEBRATIOIS'.  71 

the  School  of  Medicine  was  opened,  and  five  buildings  in  addition  to  the  main 
building  were  erected^  The  University  then  had  diflacult  problems:  it  must 
remove  prejudice,  make  friends,  secure  funds,  prove  the  value  of  its  service, 
and  help  solve  the  doubt  then  existing  regarding  the  place  of  state  univer- 
sities. Two  of  the  strong  professors  who  in  those  days  helped  the  President 
and  Regents  solve  some  of  these  problems  are  still  in  the  service  of  the 
University. 

President  Hale's  administration  reached  from  July,  1887,  to  January, 
1892.  In  this  time  Woodbury  Hall  was  erected  and  the  Hale  Scientific  build- 
ing was  well  begun.  Several  able  men  were  added  to  the  College  Faculty, 
and  the  infiuence  of  the  University  in  the  State  was  much  extended.  The 
Normal  Department  was  dropped  in  1891. 

To-day  I  wish  to  pay  a  tribute  of  gratitude,  not  only  on  grounds  of  per- 
sonal friendship,  but  in  behalf  of  all  friends  of  the  University,  to  President 
Sewall  and  President  Hale  and  those  who  aided  them  in  their  noble  work. 
One  is  with  us,  still  in  the  full  vigor  of  his  great  intellectual  power,  a  most 
honored  and  welcome  guest;  the  memory  of  the  other  is  enshrined  in  the 
hearts  of  those  who  knew  his  public  service  and  his  generous  character. 

The  work  of  the  last  ten  or  eleven  years,  while  still  pioneer  work,  has 
been  easier  because  of  the  previous  history.  The  plant  had  been  storing  up 
energy  for  a  larger  growth;  the  results  of  previous  effort  began  to  appear. 
The  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Gymnasium  and  Hospital  buildings  have  been 
erected,  and  the  foundation  has  been  laid  for  a  Library  building.  A  School 
of  Law  and  a  School  of  Applied  Science  have  been  established,  and  graduate 
courses  have  been  organized.  By  an  arrangement  with  the  city  of  Boulder 
the  Preparatory  School  has  been  given  separate  grounds,  building  and  or- 
ganization. The  income  of  the  University  has  been  more  than  doubled;  the 
College  Faculty  has  been  largely  increased.  Whatever  has  been  accom- 
plished is  due  to  strong  co-operation  within  the  University  and  ^outside.  I 
personally  know  of  the  efforts  of  hundreds  of  friends  of  higher  education 
within  the  State,  who  have  helped  to  strengthen  the  edifice  and  to  whom 
the  grateful  acknowledgments  of  the  University  and  the  friends  of  educa- 
tion everywhere  are  due.  In  the  period  of  stress,  1898-1900,  when  the  reve- 
nues of  the  State  were  inadequate  to  pay  appropriations,  loyal  men  in  this 
and  other  cities  advanced  funds  to  save  the  institution.  I  would  here  men- 
tion the  gratuitous  services  of  many  lecturers  in  the  Law  School,  prominent 
men  in  their  profession,  who  have  contributed  greatly  to  the  success  of  the 
school. 

As  the  result  of  twenty-five  years  of  work,  every  portion  of  which  has 
contributed  to  the  outcome,  we  have  a  University  with  Graduate  Courses, 
College  of  Liberal  Arts,  School  of  Applied  Science,  School  of  Medicine, 
School  of  Law.  Counting  the  Library  building  now  in  process  of  construc- 
tion, there  are  thirteen  buildings.  The  library  is  excellent  and  the  labora- 
tories and  shops  are  fairly  well  equipped.  The  professors,  lecturers,  and  as- 
sistants number  105.    The  students  number  about  550  in  the  University  and 


72  UNIVEKSITY    OF    COLORADO 

375  in  the  Preparatory  School — 925.  Five  hundred  and  twenty-six  degrees 
have  been  conferred  by  the  University,  and  379  pupils  have  been  graduated 
from  the  Preparatory  School.  The  standard  of  admission  to  all  departments 
is  at  least  a  four  years'  high-school  course.  The  Medical  course  covers  four 
years  and  the  Law  course  three.  The  College  curriculum  is  modem.  The 
Regents  are  zealous  for  the  welfare  of  the  institution;  the  members  of  the 
various  faculties  are  men  well  equipped  for  their  specialties  and  are  devoted 
to  the  University.  Between  the  faculties  and  the  students  a  spirit  of  mutual 
helpfulness  exists.  Student  self-government  though  not  a  system  is  freely 
used.  The  relation  with  the  high  schools  of  the  State  and  with  the  people  is 
most  friendly  and  encouraging. 

The  University  of  Colorado  has  a  normal  history,  namely  of  struggle 
and  gradual  growth,  a  history  that  makes  character  for  institutions  as  well 
as  for  men.  It  is  a  history  of  public-spirited  citizens,  of  able  and  devoted 
teachers,  many  of  whom  have  fallen  by  the  way  or  gained  promotion  to 
larger  positions,  of  financial  limitations  gradually  overcome,  of  students  with 
their  ambitions,  mistakes,  struggles  and  successes,  of  a  yearly  increasing 
alumni  who  are  beginning  to  realize  their  privileges  and  duties  as  members 
of  the  graduate  body,  of  gradually  developing  ideals  and  standards.  The 
most  interesting  part  of  our  life  the  past  few  years  has  been  the  gradual 
dawn  of  self-consciousness  within  the  University — a  real  event  in  the  life  of 
institutions  as  well  as  of  individuals.  The  student  body  has  a  new  power 
of  initiative  and  helpful  activity.  The  problems  for  the  future  are  taking 
shape  within  the  faculties.  The  achievements  of  our  graduates  in  teaching, 
in  professional  life,  and  in  scientific  research  are  dear  to  us  and  in  many  in- 
stances are  known  and  respected  throughout  the  country. 

I  shall  not  attempt  to  picture  our  future  growth.  Added  buildings, 
equipment  and  teaching  force  will  come  in  time,  and  the  rate  of  development 
will  depend  chiefly  on  the  rate  of  increase  in  income.  In  respect  to  stand- 
ards, usefulness,  influence  and  reputation  an  honorable  place  among  the 
great  universities  is  assured.  Neither  shall  I  take  up  the  stock  problems  of 
the  organization  of  American  universities,  although  they  are  many  and  de- 
mand an  early  solution  by  the  older  and  larger  institutions.  The  relation  of 
a  university  to  the  spirit  of  the  times  and  the  needs  of  State  and  society  is  a 
more  important  theme. 

We  are  a  practical  people  and  demand  returns  for  our  investments,  and 
this  is  right;  but  it  may  not  be  possible  to  measure  the  best  elements  of  na- 
tional life  by  commercial  standards.  America  in  its  pioneer  stage  has  been 
obliged  to  emphasize  things;  we  must  learn  to  emphasize  life.  Some  one  has 
said  that  noble  sentiments,  poetic  ideals,  heroic  deeds,  artistic  productions, 
and  moTal  achievements  are  the  best  material  for  the  instruction  of  youth. 
Without  ideals  a  nation  can  not  be  great.  Their  value  cannot  be  given  in 
terms  of  utility,  but  they  are  the  soul  of  all  utilities.  We  estimate  the  work 
of  universities  on  too  low  a  plane.  The  achievements  of  college  men  in  busi- 
ness are  no  proper  criterion  for  the  value  of  higher  education.     True,  higher 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAIi    CELEBRATION.  -      73 

education  reaches  everything  that  helps  constitute  the  material  side  of  civil- 
ization, and  without  its  influence  all  industrial  and  commercial  interests, 
political  standards,  and  inventive  power  would  degenerate.  But  it  does 
more,  it  gathers  up  and  preserves  and  adds  to  and  transmits  and  makes  of 
service,  not  only  all  that  is  best  in  the  practical  field,  but  all  that  is  best  in 
the  field  of  man's  spiritual  development.  Its  highest  office  is  contributing 
to  discovery  of  truth,  love  of  art,  and  growth  of  national  character. 

The  English  university  makes  culture  its  ideal.  In  Germany  a  more 
practical  but  not  less  pure  aim  is  creative  scholarship  and  preparation  for 
service  for  the  State.  Our  educational  object  is  somewhat  peculiar  to  our 
history;  it  may  be  defined  as  individual  worth  and  power  and  intelligent  citi- 
zenship. All  these  enxis  are  of  exalted  character.  In  England  and  Germany 
the  university  holds  a  noble  place  in  public  regard.  No  less  high  conception 
of  its  function  should  obtain  in  America.  Statistics  of  numbers,  incomes, 
and  degrees  annually  conferred  are  not  the  best  measure  of  the  success  of 
learning.  A  high  average  of  intelligence,  necessary  as  it  is  in  a  republic,  is 
not  altogether  a  substitute  for  leadership;  the  spirit  of  higher  education 
should  produce  great  men — an  originative,  progressive  force  in  the  nation. 
The  sentiment,  "good  enough  for  practical  purposes,"  too  often  character- 
istic of  our  attitude  as  a  people,  when  applied  to  scholarship  is  unworthy 
and  tends  to  limit  progress.  For  practical  reasons  America  needs  more  of 
the  art  idea  to  exalt  her  conception  of  the  possibilities  of  this  new  but  prom- 
ising civilization. 

The  American  university  is  in  a  transition  stage.  We  are  adding  the 
German  university  to  the  inherited  English  type.  This  is  done  by  mere 
superposition,  instead  of  by  readjusting  the  educational  system  to  the  new 
view.  The  result  is  that  the  whole  period  of  education,  general  and  special, 
is  too  long.  There  is  still  question  as  tO'  the  fittest  university  ideal  for 
America,  but,  when  we  consider  the  demand  of  the  times  to  unite  learning 
with  utility,  the  demand  for  scholarly  research,  and  the  growing  belief  in  the 
idea  of  scholarship  combined  with  service  for  the  state  and  society,  we 
cannot  doubt  that  the  tendency  is  toward  the  best  that  is  represented  in  the 
German  university  system,  of  course  with  proper  adaptations  to  the  spirit 
of  our  civilization.  The  latest  discussions  in  England  have  the  same  trend. " 
That  productive  scholarship  may  become  characteristic  of  American  univer- 
sities inducements  must  be  offered  to  attract  the  ablest  men  to  the  teaching 
profession,  and  leisure  must  be  given  them  for  research  and  to  prepare  in- 
struction of  the  highest  standard.  The  important  difference  between  the 
average  American  professor  and  the  English  or  German  is  that  in  our  col- 
leges the  men  are  overburdened  with  special  and  general  duties  and  have 
neither  time  nor  strength  to  give  to  constructive  work. 

We  come  now  to  a  practical  question.  In  this  period  of  change  of  uni- 
versity organization,  what  shall  be  the  policy  of  our  own  institution?  The 
Graduate  School  is  becoming  the  characteristic  feature  of  a  genuine  univer- 
sity.    I  believe  every  State  university  at  a  proper  stage  of  its  development 


74  UNIVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

should  exercise  the  highest  university  function.  Money  is  required  for  ade- 
quate equipment  and  able  instruction.  Will  the  people  take  the  large  view 
and  <lemand  the  best  for  Colorado?  Shall  our  sons  and  daughters  have  here 
opportunities  for  the  highest  scholarly  attainment?  The  investment  would 
repay;  in  time  the  influence  of  high-grade  graduate  work  would  reach  the 
whole  educational  system  and  the  State's  every  interest  and  activity.  It  is 
not  enough  that  such  advantage  is  offered  in  Germany  or  Massachusetts.  We 
need  it  in  our  midst, — an  ideal  to  cherish  as  our  own,  an  essential  part  of 
the  life  of  the  State,  The  spontaneous  energies  of  a  people  make  for  pro- 
gress; but  the  State  as  such  must  come  to  self-consciousness.  True  scholar- 
ship is  not  partisan,  it  is  not  selfish  or  mercenary;  it  is  given  to  the  discov- 
ery and  imparting  of  truth.  Popular  devotion  to  the  support  of  such  an  in- 
terest will  do  more  than  all  else  to  bring  democracy  to  a  consciousness  of  its 
ideals.  Men  who  love  the  State,  to  whom  rich  returns  have  come  from  de- 
veloping Colorado's  resources,  could  render  nO'  better  public  service  than  by 
endowing  chairs  in  the  Graduate  School  of  the  University  for  research.  The 
discovery  of  principles  is  usually  the  work  of  pure  science.  The  knowledge 
and  devotion  of  the  scholar  are  required  to  search  out  fundamental  truth, 
although  the  practical  application  often  falls  to  the  ingenious  inventor.  Pro- 
fessional and  technological  schools  hold  a  great  place  in  the  scheme  of  edu- 
cation, but  the  faculty  of  pure  science  and  the  liberal  arts  must  remain  the 
center  and  life  of  the  university. 

I  would  not  be  understood  as  advocating  mere  learning.  The  gentle- 
man of  culture  who  simply  enjoys  his  culture  and  his  superiority  has  no 
place  in  the  world  to-day.  The  scholar  should  be  a  patriot  in  a  large  sense. 
The  age  demands  expression.  The  church  is  less  than  ever  satisfied  with 
mere  subjective  religious  enjoyment,  it  engages  in  practical  work  for  human- 
ity. Ethics  as  a  philosophical  study  is  comparatively  useless  unless  it  leads 
to  an  ethical  life.  Knowledge  is  not  valuable  unless  in  some  way  it  is  used 
for  others.  Education  is  not  education  unless  it  stimulates  self-activity.  The 
people  may  have  faith  in  the  spirit  of  higher  education  to-day  for  it  aims  to 
help  the  world.  The  scholar  with  open-mindedness  pursues  his  work,  not  in 
the  monastery,  but  in  communion  with  nature  and  life. 

It  is  my  pleasant  duty  to  extend  the  welcome  of  the  University  to  its 
guests  and  friends  and  express  appreciation  of  the  many  messages  of  good 
will  and  hope  that  have  come  to  us  from  every  part  of  the  country. 


Dr.  Jacob  Gould  Schurman,  President  of  Cornell  University,  gave 
the  principal  oration,  in  which  he  considered  some  of  the  problems  of 
the  modern  University. 

In  introducing  Dr.  Schurman,  President  Baker  made  the  following 
remarks : 


QTJAETO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATIOIT.  75 

Cornell's  President  is  too  well  known  to  require  an  extended  introduc- 
tion. We  are  glad  to  have  here  on  this  important  occasion  in  the  Uni- 
versity's history,  a  man  so  well  known  as  a  scholar,  executive  and,  I  may 
add,  statesman.    President  Jacob  Gould  Schurman  of  Cornell  University. 


ORATION  BY  PRESIDENT  JACOB  GOULD  SCHURMAN  OF 

CORNELL  UNIVERSITY. 

I  am  very  glad  upon  this  auspicious  occasion  to  bring  you  the  greet- 
ings of  your  sister  universities  and  colleges,.  You  have  had  in  the  short 
period  of  twenty-five  years  an  interesting  and  truly  remarkable  develot)ment. 
As  the  President  has  explained  in  his  historical  sketch,  the  University 
opened  in  1877,  with  two  teachers  and  forty-four  pupils,  and  of  these  forty- 
four  pupils  all  belonged  to  the  Preparatory  and  to  the  Normal  Schools.  The 
College  proper  was  not  opened  until  the  following  year,  and  the  first  class 
graduated  in  1882.  To-day,  I  see  from,  your  published  announcements  that 
you  have  an  entire  enrollment  of  nearly  one  thousand  students,  five  hundred 
and  fifty  of  whom  are  in  the  University  proper,  and  while  there  has  been 
this  expansipn  in  your  numbers,  there  has  been  a  corresponding  growth  in 
your  Faculty.  From  the  two  teachers  of  1877,  you  have  grown  to  a  Faculty 
of  professors,  instructors  and  lecturers,  now  numbering  one  hundred  and 
five.  So  on  the  material  side,  the  growth  of  the  University  has  kept  pace 
with  its  intellectual  development.  Instead  of  one  main  building  which  you 
opened  in  1877,  you  now  have  thirteen  buildings,  devoted  to  purposes  of  in- 
struction and  investigation  or  as  houses  of  residence  for  your  students. 
Meanwhile,  the  organization  of  your  University  has  grown  apace.  The  Nor- 
mal School  has  disappeared.  The  Preparatory  School,  the  President  has  ex- 
plained to  us,  has  now  separate  buildings,  and  a  different  organization.  The 
University  itself  presents  to  view  a  graduate  department,  a  College  of  Lib- 
eral Arts,  a  School  of  Applied  Science,  and  School  of  Medicine,  and  a  School 
of  Law.  These  facts,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  which  I  have  ventured  to  re- 
peat, seem  to  me  to  furnish  ground  for  congratulation,  and  as  a  representa- 
tive of  the  other  universities  who  join  you  in  celebrating  this  occasion,  I  de- 
sire most  heartily  for  our  sake,  as  well  as  for  yours,  to  congratulate  the  citi- 
zens of  Boulder  in  the  efforts,  as  the  President  has  explained,  in  part  heroic 
to  secure  the  establishment  of  this  institution  and  to  provide  for  its  main- 
tenance. 

I  congratulate  the  citizens  of  Boulder  and  the  other  citizens  of 
Colorado  on  the  generous  manner  in  which  they  came  to  the  support  of  the 
University  in  the  years  of  leanness  which  have  followed  its  foundation.  I 
congratulate  the  Legislature  and  the  citizens  of  the  State  on  the  provision 
which  they  have  made  for  the  support  of  the  institution,  an  institution  which 
is  fast  becoming  the  culmination  of  the  educational  system  of  the  State,  and 
is  destined  in  the  future,  to  become  its  crown  and  glory.     But  I  do  not  intend, 


76  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

Mr.  President,  on  this  occasion,  to  dwell  upon  the  history  of  the  University, 
or  even  in  the  presence  of  his  Excellency,  the  Governor,  to  plead  for  larger 
appropriations  for  it.  Its  history  ought  to  be  written,  for  the  history  of  all 
good  causes  and  noble  institutions  ought  to  be  put  in  permanent  shape. 
There  are  others  better  qualified  than  I  am  to  write  that  history.  The  State 
which  has  supported  it  in  the  past  must  support  it  more  liberally  even  in  the 
future,  but  I,  with  confidence,  leave  the  question  of  ways  and  means  to  the 
President  and  Board  of  Regents.  And  if  I  feel  the  question  of  ways  and 
means  is  safe  in  their  hands,  I  am  sure  they  will  pardon  me  if  I  venture  to 
make  one  single  observation  which  I  feel  confident,  in  advance,  indeed,  will 
have  their  entire  concurrence.  I  allude  to  the  fact  that  the  maintenance  of 
universities  in  the  twentieth  century,  aye,  and  the  colleges  too,  is  a  far  more 
burdensome  undertaking  than  it  has  ever  been  in  the  past;  to^  say  nothing  of 
the  humanities,  of  which  I  shall  speak  before  I  finish,  and  confining  just 
now,  our  attention  to  science  alone,  I  call  attention  to  the  circumstance  that 
a  generation  or  two  ago,  a  laboratory  was  an  uncommon  phenomenon,  and 
the  apparatus  with  which  it  was  equipped  exceedingly  elementary  and  inex- 
pensive. To-day,  every  department  of  science  must  have  its  laboratory,  and 
so  great  has  been  the  progress  of  investigation  and  research,  so  important 
have  been  the  discoveries,  so  multiplex  and  delicate  the  application  of  them 
to  the  material  arts  that  the  mere  apparatus  required  by  a  professor  who  has 
a  laboratory,  in  order  to  illustrate  the  growth  of  his  science  calls  for  appro- 
priations of  a  magnitude  which  would  have  startled  college  trustees  even  a 
single  generation  ago.  I  note,  and  note  with  pleasure,  that  the  State  of  Colo- 
rado, by  the  Organic  Act,  establishing  this  institution,  is  committed  to  pro- 
vide the  best  and  most  efBcient  means  of  imparting  instruction,  and  so  on, 
and  I  venture  to  assert  that  if  the  State  of  Colorado  lives  up  to  this  obliga- 
tion, and  I  hope  and  believe  it  will,  it  will  need  to  spend  far  more  money  on 
the  State  University  in  the  twentieth  century  and  in  the  first  generation  of 
the  twentieth  century  than  ever  it  has  spent  in  the  past.  I  do  not,  however, 
propose  to  pursue  further  the  history  of  the  University  or  what  may  be  its 
needs  in  the  future.  I  intend  to  take  up  the  time  put  at  my  disposal  on  the 
subject  or  subjects,  if  you  like,  which  have  been  suggested  to  me  by  the 
charter  of  the  University,  and  more  particularly  by  that  clause  of  the  charter 
which  defines  its  object,  a  clause  which  declares  that  the  object  is  to  pro^ 
vide  the  best  and  most  efiicient  means  of  imparting  to  young  men  and 
women,  on  equal  terms,  a  liberal  education  and  thorough  knowledge  of  the 
different  branches  of  literature,  the  arts  and  sciences,  with  their  various 
applications. 

This  is  surely  a  noble  programme.    It  dedicates  this  institution  to  lib-. 
eral  culture  and  to  professional  training  and  it  stipulates  that  young  women 
shall  enjoy  the  opportunities  of  this  higher  education  on  equal  terms  with 
young  men. 

It  is  true  that  the  definition  lays  emphasis  on  the  communication  of 
knowledge  and  is  silent  on  that  enlargement  of  knowledge  by  means  of  in- 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  77 

dependent  investigation  and  research  which  has  been  so  marked  a  feature  of 
later  American  university  ideals.  But  I  cannot  regard  the  definition  as  ex- 
cluding such  advanced  and  independent  work,  nor  has  it  been  so  interpreted 
by  your  governing  authorities.  For  you  now  have  a  graduate  school,  and 
the  very  meaning  of  a  graduate  school  is  the  conception  of  independent  re- 
search with  a  view  to  the  enlargement  of  human  knowledge.  If  it  is  the 
business  of  the  undergraduate  largely  tO'  absorb  existing  knowledge  (though 
of  course  no  undergraduate  can  obtain  an  education  worthy  of  the  name 
whose  mind  does  not  creatively  react  upon  what  he  assimilates),  it  is  pre- 
eminently the  business  of  the  graduate  student  who  has  already  made  some 
advance  in  the  mastery  of  existing  knowledge  in  his  own  sphere  to  extend 
the  boundaries  of  that  knowledge  and  to  contribute  something  new  ^to  the 
intellectual  possessions  of  mankind.  I  shall  assume,  therefore,  under  the 
warrant  of  your  actual  organization  that  your  charter  can  be  fairly  so  con- 
strued as  to  authorize  provision  not  only  for  the  imparting  of  knowledge  but 
also  for  the  enlargement  of  knowledge  by  independent  investigation.  And  I 
will  also  assume  that  if  at  least  the  means  were  at  your  disposal,  this  Uni- 
versity would  be  glad  to  have  its  professors  devote  a  portion  of  their  time 
to  original  investigations  while  the  remainder  was  devoted  to  the  instruction 
of  undergraduates.  I  make  these  reflections  with  a  view  of  showing  that 
the  University  by  its  practice,  however  the  charter  reads,  is  quite  in  har- 
mony with  the  latest  development  of  university  ideals.  Twenty-five  years 
ago  there  were  scarcely  any  graduate  students  in  the  United  States;  to-day 
the  graduate  students  at  our  universities  number  thousands.  And  the  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado  has  a  right  to  claim  the  honor  of  sharing  in  this  new  and 
most  pregnant  development  of  the  higher  education. 

I  do  not  intend  to  follow  this  idea  further.  I  mentioned  it  indeed  be- 
cause I  had  in  mind  to  dwell  rather  on  the  ideas  explicitly  declared  in  that 
clause  of  the  charter  which  defines  the  object  of  the  University.  These 
ideas  are  the  equal  education  of  men  and  women,  liberal  culture,  profes- 
sional training,  and,  finally,  the  provision  of  the  best  and  most  efficient 
means  for  the  accomplishment  of  these  ends. 

On  the  subject  of  ways  and  means  I  shall  speak  with  brevity.  It  is  a 
matter  that  concerns  the  President  and  the  Regents.  But  there  is  one  point 
on  which  an  outsider  may  be  permitted  to  speak  and  on  which  I  venture  to 
say  I  will  have  their  full  concurrence.  I  mean  that  the  instrumentalities 
and  facilities  for  higher  education  grow  increasingly  costly.  A  generation 
ago  a  laboratory  was  an  uncommon  building,  and  even  where  such  a  build- 
ing existed  the  equipment  and  apparatus  which  it  contained  were  of  the 
most  simple  and  inexpensive  character.  The  march  of  science  has  been  so 
rapid  in  the  last  generation,  the  discoveries  made  so  numerous  and  far- 
reaching,  the  mechanical  devices  embodying  them  so  gigantic,  so  complex, 
so  delicate,  that  the  cost  of  providing  for  them  in  university  laboratories 
has  become  an  enormous  burden,  though  it  is  absolutely  essential  that  labor- 
atories should  possess  such  facilities  to  do  first-class  work.    If  the  State  of 


78  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

Colorado  has  here  erected  an  institution  for  the  purpose  of  providing  the 
best  and  most  efficient  means  of  instruction  the  State  of  Colorado  is  com- 
mitted to  the  obligation  of  supplying  the  necessary  means  for  the  attainment 
of  that  end, — by  the  terms  of  the  Act,  indeed,  "the  best  and  most  efficient 
means."  And  legislators  and  people  must  bear  in  mind  that  these  means 
grow  every  year  increasingly  expensive.  They  will  also  bear  in  mind  that 
in  this  case  the  end  justifies  the  outlay  and  that  education  tested  by  its  re- 
sults amply  repays  in  the  contributions  it  makes  to  our  civilization — aye, 
to  the  material  aspects  of  our  civilization — all  and  far  more  than  all  that  has 
ever  been  spent  upon  it. 

But,  as  I  have  said,  I  leave  the  question  of  ways  and  means  to  the  Pres- 
ident and  Board  of  Regents  and  to  the  legislators  and  people  of  the  State  of 
Colorado.  It  is  the  other  ideas  contained  in  the  definition  of  the  object  of  the 
University  which  make  a  special  appeal  to  me  as  appropriate  for  reflection 
upon  this  occasion.  And  of  these  ideas  I  intend  to  single  out  for  more  de- 
tailed consideration  the  subject  of  liberal  education.  Before,  however,  ad- 
dressing myself  to  that  problem,  I  should  like  to  give  brief  consideration  to 
the  two  other  ideas  mentioned,  namely,  professional  training  and  the  equal 
education  of  men  and  women. 

I  use  the  term  professional  education  although  it  is  not  specified  in  the 
charter.  The  charter  speaks  "of  the  knowledge  of  the  different  branches  of 
literature,  the  arts  and  sciences,  with  their  varied  applications."  Now  the  ap- 
plication of  the  arts  and  sciences  to  the  pursuits  of  men  is  what  constitutes 
a  professional  course.  Since  this  University  was  founded  the  idea  of  profes- 
sional training  has  been  developed  and  expanded.  But  the  idea  is  clearly 
enough  expressed  in  your  charter,  and  it  might  be  difficult  to  find  a  briefer 
and  apter  description  of  it.  It  is  highly  creditable  to  your  legislators  and  to 
the  men  who  inspired  their  legislation  that  such  provision  was  made  here 
for  professional  education  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago. 

In  a  way  professional  education  is  as  old  as  universities  themselves. 
Indeed,  universities  took  their  origin  in  professional  education.  The  oldest 
institutions  of  the  kind  are  the  universities  of  Salerno  and  Bologna,  one  a 
school  of  medicine  and  the  other  a  school  of  law.  Salerno  has  passed  out  of 
existence;  but,  as  you  know,  the  University  of  Bologna  not  long  ago  cele- 
brated the  eight  hundredth  anniversary  of  its  existence.  The  University  ol 
Paris,  which  arose  soon  afterwards,  was  pre-eminently  a  school  of  theology. 
And  Oxford  University,  which  traces  its  origin  to  Paris,  was  the  mother  of 
Cambridge  University  and,  through  John  Harvard  of  Emanuel  College,  Cam- 
bridge, the  mother  of  Harvard  University  and  of  all  American  universities 
and  colleges.  In  English  soil  the  idea  of  professional  training  never  took 
such  deep  root  as  on  the  Continent,  though  in  Scotland  the  continental  con- 
ception of  the  university  was  reproduced.  Even  in  England,  however,  and 
also  in  the  United  States,  professional  training  was  at  least  connected  with 
colleges  and  universities.  If  they  did  not  supply  professional  training,  it 
was  at  least  assumed  that  the  men  who  afterwards  studied  law,  medicine. 


QUAETO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION".  Y9 

and  theology  should  be  graduates  of  the  university.  In  the  course  of  time, 
too,  the  need  of  providing  professional  training  at  English  and  American  uni- 
versities became  more  pronounced  and  within  the  last  generation  profes- 
sional schools  have  rapidly  multiplied. 

At  first  the  tendency  was  to  treat  the  time-honored  professions  of  med- 
icine, law,  and  theology  as  the  only  liberal  professions.  The  newer  Ameri- 
can universities  to  which  Colorado  belongs  have  protested  against  this 
unwarranted  conservatism.  They  have  felt  that  the  great  vocations  of 
the  modern  world  should  be  added  to  the  enumeration  of  the  learned  profes- 
sions of  the  Middle  Ages.  The  new  professions  of  engineering,  architecture, 
veterinary  medicine,  agriculture,  and  others  claimi  equal  recognition  with 
law  and  medicine.  We  believe  that  wherever  a  calling  pursued  by  men 
rests  on  a  science  or  a  branch  of  scholarship,  such  calling  is  a  liberal  pro- 
fession and  should  be  recognized  by  the  universities  as  such.  The  change 
has  been  in  the  direction  of  democracy.  Law  and  medicine  are  good  profes- 
sions. But  they  are  no  better,  worthier,  or  more  honorable  than  engineer- 
ing or  agriculture.  The  modern  universities  to  which  Colorado  belongs  have 
thus  expanded  the  conception  of  professional  training  and  insisted  on  the 
equality  of  professional  dignities.  A  generation  ago  an  engineer  was  a  me- 
chanic; a  veterinarian,  a  horse  doctor;  an  architect,  a  house  builder.  To-day 
the  men  of  these  professions  rank  in  the  estimation  of  our  universities,  and 
they  are  fast  coming  to  rank  in  public  estimation  also,  with  the  practitioners 
of  law  and  medicine.  Not,  indeed,  that  we  are  degrading  these  latter  pro- 
fessions. On  the  contrary  the  newer  universities  have  recognized  their  vast 
importance  and  made  the  most  ample  provision  for  them.  They  have  only 
insisted  that  other  professions  should  be  similarly  recognized.  And  I  think 
I  am  not  straining  the  charter  of  the  University  of  Colorado  when  I  say  that 
its  dedication  of  this  institution  not  only  to  a  liberal  education  but  to  a 
knowledge  of  the  arts  and  sciences  with  their  varied  applications,  gives  the 
fullest  recognition  to  the  modern  conception  of  learned  and  scientific  profes- 
sions and  callings. 

I  want  next  to  say  a  word  on  that  other  conception  of  your  charter, 
the  education  of  young  women  on  equal  terms  with  young  men.  Twenty- 
five  years  ago  it  was  a  great  novelty.  To-day  in  one  form  or  another  it  is  a 
universally  accepted  principle.  It  is  important,  however,  to  call  attention  to 
the  fact  that  the  universality  of  the  principle  does  not  necessarily  imply  uni- 
formity of  method.  Through  all  the  West  the  State  universities  have  been 
open  to  young  women  on  the  same  terms  as  to  young  men.  Everywhere  they 
go  into  the  class-rooms  with  the  young  men  and  enjoy  the  same  instruction 
at  the  same  time.  This  mingling  of  young  men  and  women  in  the  class- 
rooms and  laboratories  is  generally  designated  as  co-education.  Recently, 
however,  we  have  seen  one  of  the  largest  and  newest  of  our  universities 
abandoning  such  co-education.  Chicago  has  voted  in  favor  of  the  segrega- 
tion of  men  and  women,  at  least  for  the  two  lower  classes,  in  college  halls. 
This  might  be  called  a  system  of  co-ordinate  education.    As  I  understand  it, 


80  Ul^IVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

the  young  women  have,  or  may  have,  instruction  by  the  same  teachers  and 
in  the  same  class-rooms,  though  not  at  the  same  time  with  the  young  jtnen. 
Whether  this  is  a  better  arrangement  than  the  co-educational  system  pre- 
vailing in  Colorado,  and  the  other  State  universities  of  the  West,  only  time 
can  determine.  But  on  one  point  neither  Colorado  nor  any  other  of  the  mod- 
ern universities  which  have  done  themselves  glory  by  doing  justice  to  women 
can  ever  compromise,  namely,  on  the  right  of  women  in  the  United  States  to 
receive  the  highest  education  on  equal  terms  with  men.  Whether  they 
shall  enter  the  class-rooms  together  or  separately;  whether  they  shall 
be  taught  by  the  same  or  by  different  professors ;  whether  they  shall  live  on 
the  campus  or  off  the  campus,  the  fundamental  idea  of  equal  rights  must  be 
preserved.  And  it  is  highly  honorable  to  the  University  of  Colorado  that 
this  conception  was  embodied  in  its  charter  twenty-five  years  ago. 

As  regards  the  manner  in  which  equal  educational  rights  shall  be  se- 
cured to  women,  much  might  be  said,  though  this  is  neither  the  time  nor  the 
place  for  anything  but  the  briefest  treatment.  My  own  opinion  is  that  we 
are  likely  to  witness  a  good  deal  of  diversity  of  method.  In  the  West  and  at 
the  State  universities  the  present  method,  in  my  opinion,  is  pretty  certain 
to  remain.  In  the  privately  endowed  universities  of  the  East  it  cannot  be 
said  that  this  system  is  gaining  in  popularity.  At  best  it  holds  its  own.  And 
the  oldest  universities,  which  are  endeavoring,  as  some  of  them  are  now  en- 
deavoring, to  make  provision  for  the  education  of  women  have  as  a  rule  ac- 
complished their  object  by  the  foundation  of  an  annex  or  separate  woman's 
college.  The  danger  of  every  such  arrangement  is  that  the  education  of- 
fered will  be  inferior  to  that  which  men  may  enjoy.  The  equal  educational 
rights  which  Colorado  guarantees  to  women  will  not  as  a  matter  of  fact  be 
realized.  This  evil  is  partly  balanced  by  the  fact  that  the  oldest,  largest, 
and  best  women's  colleges  in  the  country  are  in  the  East.  And  if  any  young 
women  do  not  like  the  education  offered  in  the  annexes  and  separate  wom- 
en's colleges  at  men's  universities,  they  can  leave  them  and  without  going 
far  from  home  enter  Vassar,  Wellesley,  Smith,  or  Bryn  Mawr.  What  we 
need,  and  what  perhaps  will  result  from  the  action  of  the  University  of  Chi- 
cago, is  an  experiment  under  which  the  equal  educational  rights  of  women 
shall  be  protected,  by  which  they  shall  secure  a  higher  education  equal  in 
content  and  quality  with  that  received  by  men,  from  teachers  equally  compe- 
petent  and  renowned,  in  class-rooms  and  laboratories  equally  well-equipped, 
and  under  circumstances  and  surroundings  equally  favorable  and  inspiring. 
Until  such  an  experiment  is  made,  and  until  favorable  results  have  been 
demonstrated,  I  should  advise  the  women  of  Colorado  to  retain  the  existing 
method  of  co-education  as  the  surest  means  of  gaining  those  equal  educa- 
tional rights  secured  by  the  charter. 

I  must  now  leave  these  topics  and  address  myself  to  that  great  and 
fundamental  idea  of  the  charter  about  which  in  university  education  every- 
thing else  revolves.  I  allude  of  course  to  the  idea  of  a  liberal  education, 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  different  branches  of  literature,  arts,  science,  and 


QUAKTO-CEN^TENNIAL  CELEBRATION.  81 

philosophy.  It  is  a  matter  of  vital  significance  that  the  charter  in  defining 
the  object  of  your  university  makes  this  idea  central  and  controlling.  I 
feel,  therefore,  that  I  shall  not  make  an  improper  use  of  the  time  you  have 
assigned  me  if  I  devote  the  rest  of  my  address  to  a  consideration  of  the  idea 
of  liberal  education  and  of  the  modifications  it  has  undergone  since  your 
University  was  founded  and  of  the  further  changes  which  perhaps  impend. 

In  this  presence  it  is  unnecessary  to  vindicate  the  idea  of  liberal  cult- 
ure. It  is  the  education  of  man  as  man.  It  qualifies  the  student  not  for  win- 
ning bread  but  for  high  thinking  and  intelligent  living.  It  has  to  do  not  with 
the  body  and  its  needs  but  with  the  mind  and  its  aspirations;  it  appeals 
to  perception,  to  imagination,  to  emotion,  to  intellect,  and  to  conscience.  It 
is  as  old  as  civilization.  Manual  labor  was,  indeed,  in  Athens  the  work  of 
slaves.  But  free  Athenians  all  knew  the  value  of  liberal  culture  and  re- 
joiced in  its  possession.  Nothing  better  has  been  written  upon  the  subject 
than  you  find  in  the  writings  of  Aristotle  and  Plato  more  than  two  thousand 
years  ago.  The  study  of  the  Greek  language  may  or  may  not  survive  in  the 
progress  of  the  human  race.  But  the  Greek  conception  of  culture  is  immor- 
tal. They  felt  that  man  without  liberal  culture  was  undeveloped.  They  con- 
ceived the  function  of  education  as  a  development  of  the  potencies  of  man. 
The  arts  and  sciences  not  only  liberalized  the  mind  but  humanized  the  in- 
dividual. An  ignorant,  untrained  man  in  their  conception  was  only  half  a 
man.  From  the  evolutionary  point  of  view  so  familiar  to  our  day  we  might 
say  that  liberal  education  is  the  process  whereby  the  intellectual  posses- 
sions of  the  race  are  taken  up  by  the  individual,  who  in  the  process  be- 
comes a  worthy  member  of  his  race.  To  know  and  make  one's  own  the  best 
that  has  been  thought  and  expressed  in  literature  and  art,  to  follow  for  one's 
self  the  method  of  science  in  exploring  some  provinces  of  the  physical  uni- 
verse, to  make  one's  self  at  home  in  the  world  of  mind  and  spirit,  and  to 
know  some  science  which  records  the  nature  of  the  environment  in  which 
we  find  ourselves:  this  is  education;  this  is  liberal  culture  for  which  your 
charter  provides.  It  involves  devotion  to  the  needs  of  the  mind  for  their 
own  sake.  It  is  impossible  without  leisure;  the  spirit  of  man  will  not  be 
unduly  hurried.  Nor  can  this  good  be  attained  by  any  one  who  would  sub- 
ordinate it  to  some  other  end.  Culture,  like  virtue,  like  religion,  is  its  own 
end.  We  are  so  constituted  that  we  long  to  know,  and  the  mind's  aspira- 
tion after  knowledge  is  as  much  entitled  to  recognition  as  the  heart's  aspir- 
ation after  goodness.  A  man  may  be  honest  because  it  pays  to  be  honest, 
but  he  is  not  an  honest  man,  A  man  may  pursue  liberal  studies  for  the  sake 
of  results  to  be  applied  to  utilitarian  objects,  but  such  a  man  will  never  be 
liberally  educated.  The  poets  will  not  breathe  their  secrets  to  him.  The 
thoughts  of  the  philosophers  are  voiceless  to  him.  No  object  of  beauty  can 
be  a  joy  to  him  and  no  law  of  nature  can  strike  him  with  admiration  or  de- 
clare the  glory  of  God.  This  conception  of  liberal  culture,  is  the  most  prom- 
inent conception  contained  in  the  definition  of  the  object  of  this  University. 
In  an  age  in  which  educational  landmarks  are  fading,  in  which  everything 


82  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

seems  to  be  in  a  flux,  it  should  not  be  difiicult  for  the  scholars  of  Colorado 
to  hold  to  this  great  and  glorious  conception  of  liberal  education.  To  ignojre 
it;  to  educate  man  merely  as  a  bread-winner;  to  fit  him  merely  for  some 
profession;  to  teach  him  how  to  do  something  instead  of  to  be  something, 
would  in  practice  be  the  abandonment  of  the  Hellenic  conception  of  liberal 
culture  which  has  dominated  Christendom  and  made  civilization  what  it  is 
and  the  adoption  of  the  stunted  and  stagnant  civilization  which  makes  and 
keeps  China  what  we  know  her  to-day. 

While  I  (thus)  glory  in  the  old  conception  of  a  liberal  education  and  be- 
lieve it  is  essential  to  the  highest  civilization,  I  am  not  wedded  to  all  the  de- 
tails of  the  curriculum  of  25  or  30  years  ago.  I  have  already  said  that  many 
changes  have  taken  place  in  that  curriculum  and  that  others  are  proposed. 
Perhaps  it  may  be  worth  our  while  to  make  a  brief  survey  of  some  of  the 
more  important  changes. 

The  most  important  has  undoubtedly  been  the  substitution  of  courses 
largely  or  wholly  elective  for  courses  completely  or  almost  completely  pre- 
scribed. There  were  many  reasons  for  this  change.  One  of  the  most  influen- 
tial, however,  was  the  multiplication  of  courses  consequent  upon  the  ad- 
vancement of  knowledge  and  the  foundation  of  new  professorships.  If  En- 
glish, if  French,  German,  Italian  and  Spanish,  if  history,  economics,  and  poli- 
tics, if  the  biological,  natural  and  physical  sciences  were  all  given  repre- 
sentation in  the  faculty  of  the  university,  how  could  the  students  be  rea- 
sonably confined  to  Greek,  Latin,  mathematics,  philosophy,  and  the  two  or 
three  other  subjects  of  the  ancient  curriculum.  The  champions  of  the  newer 
subjects  claimed  for  them  equal  educational  efficiency  with  the  older  sub- 
jects, if  not  greater.  The  result  was  the  abolition  of  required  courses  and 
the  institution  either  of  an  unlimited  elective  system  or  of  parallel  groups 
of  courses.  The  former  was  the  more  radical  solution  and  it  seems  to  be 
the  goal  towards  which  contemporary  changes  are  pointing.  But,  however 
that  may  be,  and  taking  the  present  condition  of  affairs  as  we  find  them,  it 
is  obvious  to  the  i)Oorest  observer  that  the  meaning  of  an  A.  B.  degree  is  no 
longer  what  it  was  thirty  years  ago.  Then  it  meant  proficiency  in  Greek, 
Latin,  and  other  subjects  of  the  fixed  curriculum.  To-day  college  studies 
have  nearly  everywhere  been  made  elective,  if  not  for  the  entire  four  years 
of  the  course,  at  least  for  the  greater  portion  of  the  time.  And  at  first  sight  it 
looks  as  though  the  idea  of  liberal  culture  had  disappeared.  Many  persons, 
indeed,  are  lamenting  that  the  sciences  in  our  A.  B.  course  have  taken  the 
place  of  the  humanities.  And  they  proclaim  that  a  revolution  has  occurred 
and  that  we  are  in  a  state  of  educational  anarchy. 

When,  however,  one  ignores  superficial  phenomena,  one  will  find  the 
changes  more  apparent  than  real.  The  much  vaunted  physical  sciences  have 
not  in  general  attracted  large  numbers  of  students  in  our  colleges  of  liberal 
arts.  For  the  class  graduating  with  the  A.  B.  degree  at  Cornell  University 
in  the  year  1901  our  records  show  that  on  the  average  only  one-fifth  of  all 
studies  taken  were  in  mathematics  and  the  physical  sciences,  the  remaining 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  83 

80  per  cent.,  or  four-fifths  of  the  whole,  being  in  languages,  philosophy,  his- 
tory and  political  science.  These  figures  embrace  not  only  the  senior  year 
but  the  entire  four  years  of  the  course.  I  believe  that  these  figures  are  not 
exceptional  and  that  they  are  substantially  true  of  other  institutions.  It 
follows,  therefore,  that  as  in  the  past  so  at  the  present  time  liberal  culture 
is  being  realized  in  our  universities  through  the  study  of  language,  philoso- 
phy, and  kindred  subjects.  That  is  to  say,  it  is  through  the  disciplines  re- 
lated to  man  and  not  through  the  disciplines  related  to  nature  that  our  stu- 
dents are  being  liberally  educated.  In  a  word,  to-day  as  in  the  past,  men 
achieve  liberal  and  humane  culture  through  the  humanities.  And,  as  the 
Greeks  conceived  it,  it  is  through  the  study  of  these  humanities  that  men  are 
humanized.  ' 

This  is  the  fundamental,  underlying,  permanent  identity.  Along  with 
it  there  is,  however,  diversity.  For  though  it  is  still  through  the  humani- 
ties that  the  modern  student  is  liberally  educated  it  is  no  longer  prevail- 
ingly through  the  classical  humanities.  Under  the  present  conditions  in 
America  tendency  is  predominantly  in  the  direction  of  substituting  the  newer 
humanities  for  the  older — for  Greek  and  Latin.  Dealing  with  the  class  al- 
ready referred  to  out  of  every  100  choices  of  study  throughout  the  four  years 
of  their  course  I  find  that  ten  choices  were  in  the  ancient  languages,  eleven 
in  philosophy,  twenty-two  in  history  and  political  science,  and  thirty-seven  in 
modern  languages. 

Many  conservative  educators  may  feel  that  the  modern  humanities  are 
incapable  of  humanizing  and  liberalizing  the  mind  of  youth.  For  my  own 
part,  I  should  like  to  see  one  of  the  ancient  classical  languages  form  an  im- 
portant element  in  every  scheme  of  liberal  instruction.  Under  the  elective 
system  which  generally  prevails  it  cannot  be  required.  But  it  is  encourag- 
ing to  note  that  where  students  have  an  opportunity  of  presenting  a  modern 
language  instead  of  Latin  for  admission  to  our  universities  comparatively 
few  of  them  take  advantage  of  the  opportunity.  This  means  that  Latin  has 
intrinsic  merit  enough  to  hold  its  place  in  the  schools.  And  I  regard  it  as  a 
very  significant  phenomenon  that  during  the  last  few  years  Latin  should, 
both  relatively  and  absolutely,  have  made  decided  gains  in  the  high  schools 
of  the  United  States.  As  to  Greek,  no  man  esteems  it  as  a  study  more  highly 
than  I  do.  My  belief,  however,  is  that  Greek  is  too  good  for  the  great  ma- 
jority of  students.  Unless  Greek  be  studied  for  a  long  time,  so  that  one  is 
capable  of  reading  and  enjoying  the  literature  as  one  reads  French  or  Ger- 
man, the  educational  advantage  of  studying  it  is  not  greatly  different  from 
that  derived  from  the  study  of  Latin.  Be  that  as  it  may,  Greek  in  the  elec- 
tive system  in  colleges  and  high  schools  will  be  subject  to  the  universal  law 
of  struggle  for  life  and  the  survival  of  the  fittest.  I  believe  it  will  maintain 
its  place.  And  although  blockheads  and  dullards  will  no  longer  be  com- 
pelled to  make  a  mechanical  grind  of  it,  I  believe  that  so  long  as  human  civ- 
ilization continues  the  language  and  literature  of  Homer  and  Sophocles  will 
find  audience  fit  though  few. 


84  uintiversity  of  Colorado 

Those  who  criticize  the  present  tendency  of  substituting  the  newer 
humanities  for  the  older  should  bear  in  mind  that  the  Greeks  themselves 
never  studied  a  foreign  language,  and  that  if  we  followed  their  example  we 
might  find  the  potencies  of  a  truly  liberal  culture  in  Chaucer,  Shakespeare, 
Milton,  Wordsworth,  and  the  other  great  poets  and  prose  writers  of  our  own 
noble  literature,  to  say  nothing  of  French  and  German  literature  which  have 
come  to  be  so  generally  studied  in  lieu  of  the  ancient  classics.  In  any  event 
I  cannot  endorse  the  criticism  that  current  tendencies  in  liberal  education 
are  making  it  less  liberal  or  less  humanistic  than  of  yore.  The  specific  con- 
tents of  the  curriculum  may  vary.  Its  humanistic  character  abides.  And 
whether  it  is  by  coming  in  contact  with  the  literary  products  of  ancient  Hel- 
lenic genius  or  the  literary  products  of  modern  English  or  German  genius 
the  mind  of  the  student  is  liberalized,  enlarged,  and  elevated.  What  the 
human  spirit  has  wrought  and  embodied  in  artistic  form  in  the  modern  world 
has  not  less  potency  than  the  similar  products  of  ancient  genius  to  thrill  and 
uplift  all  who  come  beneath  its  touch. 

A  second  and  corresponding  change  concerns  the  A.  B.  degree  itself. 
When  elective  courses  were  adopted  Greek  and  Latin  were  still  required  for 
the  A.  B.  degree  and  groups  of  other  subjects  were  formed  as  requirements 
for  the  Ph.  B.,  B.  L.,  and  B.  S.  degrees.  These  latter  degrees  were  generally 
of  inferior  value.  The  programme  of  requirements  was  generally  easier  and 
the  standards  of  admission  always  lower.  With  the  gradual  improvement  of 
our  university  system  the  entrance  requirements  admitting  to  these  inferior 
courses  have  been  raised  and  equalized  with  those  of  the  A.  B.  course;  and 
the  subsequent  requirements  for  graduation  have  also  been  made  substan- 
tially equivalent. 

These  changes  having  been  accomplished  the  only  difference  between 
the  requirements  for  the  A,  B.  degree  and  a  Ph.  B.,  B.  S.,  or  B.  L.  degree  was 
that  the  former  required  one-fifth  of  the  student's  time  for  a  year  or  two  for 
Greek  and  the  others  a  corresponding  time  for  some  other  characteristic 
study.  Such  a  differentia  seemed  a  very  small  affair  in  comparison  with  all 
the  other  subjects  admissible  in  the  four  years'  course.  The  next  stage  con- 
sequently was  the  abolition  of  all  degrees  except  the  A.  B.  degree  with  equal 
though  not  necessarily  identical  requirements  for  entrance  and  a  system  of 
elective  studies  after  admission  qualified  only  by  the  student's  preparation 
to  take  any  course  which  he  might  desire  to  elect.  And,  as  I  have  already 
said,  after  all  these  changes  have  been  made,  the  A.  B.  degree  represents 
on  the  average  four-fifths  of  four  years'  study  in  the  humanities.  I  repeat 
that  though  English,  modern  languages,  history,  economics,  and  politics  have 
taken  a  large  place  under  the  elective  system  in  the  student's  programme 
his  studies  remain  predominantly  humanistic.  Now,  as  always,  the  A.  B. 
degree  connotes  liberal  culture. 

I  desire  now  to  speak  of  the  relation  between  liberal  culture  and  pro- 
fessional training  in  our  universities.  The  typical  American  college  had 
only  the  Arts  course.    It  had  no  professional  schools  and  the  large  majority 


QUARTO-CENTEI^NIAI.    CELEBRATION.  86 

of  our  colleges  and  universities  are  still  of  that  type.  These  colleges  scat- 
tered all  over  the  country  keep  alive  the  torch  of  learning.  They  confer  lib- 
eral education  upon  thousands  and  thousands  of  students  within  their  sphere 
of  influence  who  would  never  have  gone  to  a  more  remote  university.  The 
existence  of  these  colleges  and  the  highly  important  function  which  they  dis- 
charge in  American  education  must  be  kept  in  sight  as  an  important  con- 
sideration in  discussing  the  relation  of  liberal  culture  to  professional  train- 
ing. Indeed  I  sometimes  think  that  we  may  have  to  rely  upon  these  smaller 
colleges  for  keeping  intact  the  conception  of  liberal  education.  Many  of 
our  universities,  especially  those  located  in  large  cities,  have  comparatively 
small  colleges  of  liberal  arts,  while  their  professional  schools  are  exceedingly 
large.  They  become,  therefore,  interested  in  professional  education  and  too 
easily  overlook  the  independent  value  of  liberal  culture.  Their  president 
and  professors  come  to  think  of  a  liberal  education  as  a  mere  preparation  for 
professional  courses.  At  the  same  time  being  crowded  with  students  in  the 
professional  courses,  they  keep  advancing  the  entrance  requirements  until 
finally  they  close  the  doors  to  all  but  college  graduates.  That  stage  having 
been  reached,  they  reflect  that  the  college  graduate  who  has  spent  four 
years  in  a  high  school,  four  years  in  college,  and  must  spend  four  years  more 
before  he  receives  his  professional  degree,  enters  upon  his  professional  prac- 
tice too  late  in  life.  To  reduce  the  age  they  then  propose  to  shorten  the 
college  course,  that  is,  to  reduce  the  time  devoted  to  a  liberal  education. 
Some  compromise  might  perhaps  be  attempted.  Some  institutions  now 
permit  seniors  in  good  standing  in  Arts  to  elect  for  the  final  year  of  their 
A.  B,  course  work  in  the  professional  schools.  And  in  most  cases,  probably 
in  all  cases  except  law,  this  could  be  justified  on  the  ground  that  the  ele- 
mentary professional  studies  belong  essentially  to  the  college  of  liberal 
arts  and  sciences.  Not  content,  however,  with  this  arrangement,  it  has  been 
proposed  to  shorten  the  Arts  course  from  four  years  to  three.  It  is  im- 
portant to  examine  the  reason  underlying  this  proposal.  The  controlling 
factor  at  any  rate  is  the  desire  to  shorten  the  time  spent  on  Arts  and  pro- 
fessional studies.  But  only  a  small  minority  of  college  graduates  take  law, 
medicine,  or  other  professional  courses.  T6  accommodate  the  minority,  or 
rather  to  get  this  minority  sooner  engaged  in  the  active  practice  of  their 
professions,  it  is  proposed  also  to  shorten  by  one  year  the  time  which  the 
majority  devote  to  a  liberal  education.  I  can  only  say  that  I  regard  the 
proposed  change,  although  it  has  been  made  by  a  university  of  such  high 
standing  as  Harvard,  with  a  good  deal  of  anxiety.  At  Harvard  it  may  per- 
haps be  administered  without  injurious  consequences.  For  Harvard  stands 
for  high  scholarship  and  high  standards  and  it  has  been  steadily  advancing 
its  requirements  for  admission.  But  even  Harvard  cannot  change  the  fact, 
which  is  a  fact  of  human  nature,  that  for  liberal  culture  it  is  indispensable 
that  the  student  shall  have  attained  a  certain  age  and  enjoyed  a  certain 
leisurely  continuity  of  study.  Subjects  like  philosophy  and  political  science 
cannot  be  studied  with  profit  by  immature  minds  and  minds  are  not  mature 


86  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

enough  for  such  work  much  under  twenty-one  or  twenty-two  years  of  age. 
Then  again  duration  of  time  is  important.  Some  studies  produce  little  effect 
without  considerable  time  for  the  absorption  of  material,  for  meditation,  for 
intellectual  reaction.  On  the  whole,  therefore,  I  should  be  pleased  if  the  na- 
ture and  conditions  of  liberal  culture  were  determined  without  reference  to  the 
professional  schools.  I  believe  firmly  that  liberal  culture  in  the  old-fashioned 
sense  is  essential  to  our  civilization.  It  is  not  essential  that  students  of 
law  and  medicine  should  be  college  graduates  before  entering  upon  their 
course  of  professional  study.  And  my  solution,  therefore,  of  the  diflaculty  is 
to  maintain  substantially  intact  the  four  years'  course  of  liberal  culture  and 
to  encourage  students  entering  upon  it  who  are  young  enough,  and  who  have 
or  can  secure  means  for  the  purpose,  to  take  both  the  A.  B,  course  and  the 
professional  course;  while  on  the  other  hand  permitting  students  who  enter 
upon  their  studies  later  in  life,  and  who  are  poor  and  must  earn  means  for 
their  own  education,  to  enter  the  professional  schools  on  graduating  satis- 
factorily at  public  high  schools.  This  is  a  democratic  country.  I  do  not 
think  it  just  to  close  the  doors  of  our  professional  schools  to  youth  qualified 
to  pursue  the  studies  which  they  offer.  And  if  there  is  any  doubt  about  the 
application  of  this  criterion,  as  I  scarcely  think  there  is,  it  could  be  removed 
by  applying  to  the  professions  themselves  for  opinions  toi  aid  the  faculties 
in  determining  proper  requirements  for  admission  and  graduation.  Do  not 
misunderstand  me.  I  know  that  educational  ideals  should  have  the  primacy. 
But  I  would  have  them  illuminated  by  the  views  of  the  members  of  the  pro- 
fession concerned  and  by  due  regard  to  the  rights  of  American  youth  who 
are  too  old  or  too  poor  to  take  a  college  course  to  become  members  of  the 
legal  or  medical  profession  for  the  studies  of  which  every  high  school  train- 
ing is  a  sufficient  qualification.  That  is  to  say,  the  justification  of  a  course 
of  liberal  training  is  that  it  is  a  cultivation  of  the  man  as  such  irrespective 
of  the  profession.  This  liberal  culture  makes  the  larger  man.  For  that  rea- 
son it  is  desirable.  It  is  not  necessary,  however,  for  entrance  upon  profes- 
sional training.  The  confusion  of  these  fundamental  points  seems  to  me 
to  lie  at  the  root  of  many  crude  ideas  current  at  the  present  time. 

It  has,  for  instance,  been  suggested  that  the  A.  B.  course  should  be 
reduced  not  only  from  four  years  to  three,  but  from  four  years  to  two,  so 
that  students  of  law  and  medicine  might  at  the  end  of  their  sophomore 
years  as  A.  B.'s  enter  upon  the  study  of  law  and  medicine  in  professional 
schools  which  close  their  doors  to  all  but  A.  B.'s.  And  the  Deans  of  pro- 
fessional schools  have  suggested  that  it  was  possible  for  students  in  the  acad- 
emic departments  of  their  universities  to  cover  the  present  four  years'  course 
in  two  years.  Nothing  could  be  more  fallacious.  This  is  a  quantitative  view 
of  education  which  should  be  immediately  banished  from  all  our  thoughts  and 
discussions.  Liberal  culture  cannot  be  forced.  It  takes  time.  And  to  say  that 
freshmen  and  sopohomores  who  properly  enough  take  languages,  mathe- 
matics, and  science  could  also  profitably  study  philosophy  and  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  economics  and  politics  is  to  overlook  the  facts  of  human 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION.  87 

nature.  It  is  very  strange  that  educators  themselves  should  be  guilty  of  the 
capital  crime  of  supposing  that  the  process  of  education  could  be  hastened  at 
railroad  speed.  Liberal  culture,  as  I  have  already  said,  is  to  be  obtained  by 
bringing  the  mind  of  the  student  into  contact  with  the  best  products  of  the 
human  spirit.  Such  products  are  art,  language,  literature,  philosophy,  his- 
tory, politics  and  physical  science.  No  representative  selection  from  such 
a  curriculum  could  be  planned  for  a  two  years'  course  which  would  insure 
the  result  of  liberal  culture.  No  man  is  liberally  cultured  who  has  not 
steeped  his  mind  in  these  typical  studies,  and  for  effective  mental  action 
and  reaction  the  present  four  years'  course  is  none  too  long. 

I  say  nothing  of  giving  the  A.  B.  degree  for  a  two  years'  course.  It  is 
a  proposal  that  will  meet  with  no  favor.  It  breaks  with  the  universal  prac- 
tice of  the  country.  But  apart  from  the  suggestion  of  conferring  the  A.  B. 
on  sophomores  there  is  no  objection  to  requiring  two  years  of  Arts  study 
for  admission  to  professional  courses  if  any  institution  is  willing  to  exclude 
all  other  classes  of  students.  I  am  persuaded,  however,  that  neither  the  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado  or  any  other  State  university  can  ever  adopt  such  a 
proposaL  Here  professional  training  and  liberal  culture  will  flourish  side 
by  side.  And  I  think  that  a  far  happier  arrangement  than  the  conception 
of  the  college  of  liberal  arts  as  a  preparatory  school  with  a  two  years' 
course  for  the  preparation  of  students  to  enter  schools  of  law  and  medicine. 
This  is  to  abolish  the  conception  of  liberal  culture  as  an  end  in  itself,  it  is 
to  throw  away  the  last  half  of  the  A.  B.  course,  and  to  utilize  the  first  half 
merely  as  a  means  to  some  ulterior  end. 

It  seems  to  me  that  the  charter  of  the  University  of  Colorado  wisely 
describes  a  different  ideal  of  liberal  culture  and  its  relation  to  professional 
training.  To  the  realization  of  that  ideal  you  have  with  a  good  degree  of 
success  for  a  quarter  of  a  century  addressed  yourselves.  Throughout  the 
new  century  on  which  we  have  entered  I  trust  your  good  work  may  con- 
tinue. And  while  you  train  men  as  you  have  done  in  the  past  for  the  dif- 
ferent walks  and  professions  of  life,  hold  fast  to  the  doctrine  of  your  char- 
ter which  upholds  the  supremacy  of  liberal  culture.  For  this  high  mission 
I  bring  you  the  good  wishes  and  prayers  of  sister  universities,  as  I  also 
bring  you  their  congratulations  on  the  splendid  achievements  of  your  first 
quarter  century. 


The  next  speaker  introduced  was  Dr.  Joseph  A.  Sewall,  First  Presi- 
dent of  the  University  of  Colorado.    Dr.  Se^v^all  responded  as  follows : 

REMARKS  BY  DR.  JOSEPH  A.  SEWALU 

Mr.  President,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen :  I  did  not  know  when  I  came  into 
the  house  that  I  was  to  say  anything  to  you  at  this  time.  I  am  prepared  to 
speak  at  the  alumni  meeting  this  afternoon,  and  all  of  you  can  see  that  I 


88  UI^IVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

have  a  sore  throat — I  can't  call  it  a  clergyman's  sore  throat  because  I  am 
not  a  clergyman,  but  I  think  it's  just  as  good  as  any  clergyman's  sore  throat 
— and  so  I  have  but  one  word  to  say.  I  rejoice  with  you.  I  congratulate 
you  upon  what  we  have  seen  here  to-day,  and  what  we  have  listened  to,  and 
what  we  have  learned  regarding  the  progress  of  the  University  of  Colorado. 
Let  me  say  that  in  the  ten  years  that  I  was  connected  with  the  institution, 
there  was  not  an  effort  on  my  part,  there  was  not  a  prayer  uttered,  there 
was  not  a  pulsation  of  my  heart,  to  the  best  of  my  knowing,  that  I  did  not 
give  to  the  success  and  to  the  building  up  of  the  University  of  Colorado. 
Having  in  mind  what  we  have  seen  and  learned  here  to-day,  namely,  that 
the  University  of  Colorado  is  in  fact  a  University  of  which  every  one  that 
has  any  interest  whatever  in  education  in  this  State  is  to-day  proud,  if,  in 
the  ten  years,  I  did  anything,  however  humble,  however  small,  to  bring 
about  this  condition  of  things,  I  am  content.  And  to  you,  the  newer  members 
of  the  Faculty,  to  you,  the  older  members,  who,  seeing  the  mistakes  that  I 
made,  generously  corrected  them,  and  the  shortcomings,  overlooked  them — 
unto  you,  I  wish  to  express  my  heartfelt  gratitude  for  all  that  you  have 
done  to  make  an  insignificant  beginning  so  grand  in  its  maturity. 


Governor  James  B.  Orman  was  next  introduced  in  the  following 
words : 

We  are  especially  favored  by  having  the  Chief  Executive  of  the  State 
here  to-day.    His  Excellency,  James  B.  Orman,  Governor  of. Colorado: 

ADDRESS  BY  GOV-  JAMES  B*  ORMAN- 

Mr,  President,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen: — The  occasion  that  brings  us 
together  here  to-day  within  the  halls  of  this  institution  of  higher  education 
is  indeed  a  worthy  one,  and  necessarily  of  a  congratulatory  nature.  We  are 
meeting  under  most  auspicious  circumstances.  It  is  with  justifiable  pride 
we  assemble  here  to  celebrate  the  Quarto-Centennial  of  this  University; 
to  celebrate  twenty-five  years  of  progress  of  higher  education  in  Colorado, 
and  to  rejoice  in  the  steady  growth  of  our  State  and  its  institutions  to 
higher  and  higher  levels  of  prosperity  and  greatness.  Twenty-five  years 
is  but  a  short  space  of  time  when  considered  retrospectively,  and  when 
viewing  the  advancement  that  has  been  made  in  that  time,  one  is  almost 
astounded  and  scarce  can  give  credence  to  the  fact  that  from  that  small 
beginning  has  arisen  this  mighty  monument  of  learning  which  reflects  so 
much  credit  upon  the  State, 

From  our  earliest  history  the  citizens  of  Colorado  have  been  noted 
for  their  progressive  and  enterprising  spirit,  and  have  always  manifested  a 
marked  degree  of  liberality  and  generosity  in  public  affairs,  particularly  in 


QUAETO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBEATION.  89 

matters  educational.  Tlie  earnestness  and  enthusiasm  displayed  by  the 
early  settlers  of  Colorado,  especially  those  of  Boulder,  is  commendable. 
Those  men,  indeed,  builded  better  than  they  knew.  Near  this  site  the  first 
log  school  house  was  erected  within  the  confines  of  the  State,  and  from 
these  hills  on  which  this  University  now  stands  we  can  overlook  the  site 
of  that  first  school  house,  which  represented  the  humble  beginnings  of  the 
educational  interests  in  this  Stata 

We  are  here  to  pay  our  tribute  to  the  public-spirited  men  and  women 
who  have  earnestly  labored  for  this  institution  in  the  past.  We  are  here 
to  rejoice  in  the  years  of  progress, — a  quarter  of  a  century, — in  which  the 
officers  and  citizens  of  this  great  State  have  always  labored  to  advance  the 
institution  of  which  we  are  all  proud.  We  are  here  to  show  our  devotion 
to  the  cause  of  higher  education  and  to  the  institution  which  is  training  our 
young  men  and  women  for  the  highest  type  of  citizenship. 

The  State  University  is  the  crown  of  our  public  educational  system. 
Following  the  grade  and  the  public  high  schools,  it  is  reached  last  by  the 
student  in  his  progress  to  a  complete  education,  and  it  rounds  out  and 
trains  all  the  higher  faculties  of  his  nature.  It  finishes  the  work  that  the 
lower  schools  commenced,  and  sends  into  the  world  young  men  and  wo- 
men, earnest  in  purpose,  full  of  zeal  and  patriotism,  loyal  to  those  institu- 
tions that  gave  them  opportunities  for  training  and  advancement.  The 
University  conserves  the  cause  of  higher  education,  and  its  influence  can 
be  traced  in  a  thousand  ways  into  every  avenue  of  life  in  our  common- 
wealth. 

As  the  exigencies  of  the  occasion  have  demanded,  the  curriculum  has 
been  changed  so  that  the  University  has  in  all  respects  kept  pace  with  ad- 
vanced thought  in  literature,  the  sciences  and  all  branches  of  learning,  and 
those  who  have  gone  forth  from  these  halls  are  as  well  equipped  for  the 
journey  of  life  as  those  who  have  graduated  from  more  noted  institutions. 

The  purpose  of  a  University  is  to  train  the  young  men  and  women  of 
our  State  to  higher  thought  and  nobler  purpose.  The  student's  education 
has  not  been  completed  when  he  leaves  his  alma  mater.  It  has  really  just 
begun.  But  here  young  men  and  women  are  prepared  and  fitted  for  their 
life's  struggle;  mad©  better  able  to  cope  with  existing  conditions  and  cir- 
cumstances; are  given  a  more  thorough  and  exalted  understanding  of  what 
is  required  of  them  as  citizens,  and  a  realizing  sense  of  their  obligations 
and  the  responsibilities  resting  upon  them.  Our  young  men  and  women 
are  here  receiving  one  of  the  greatest  blessings  within  the  power  of  the 
State  to  bestow. 

We  can  well  imagine  what  will  be  when  the  half  century  mark  is 
reached  in  the  history  of  this  institution,  twenty-five  years  from  now.  Within 
these  twenty-five  years  thousands  of  young  men  and  women  will  go  forth 
from  this  institution,  trained  for  intelligent  citizenship,  to  contribute  their 
influence  to  the  growth  and  development  of  our  State,  and  the  influence  of 


90  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

this  institution  will  enter  into  every  phase  of  our  life.  The  University  will 
increase  in  numbers,  in  wealth,  in  equipment  and  influence,  and  will  attain 
a  high  position  among  all  educational  institutions,  and  be  a  potent  factor 
in  all  that  makes  for  the  future  greatness  of  Colorado. 

The  University  of  Colorado  has  indeed  been  fortunate  in  the  selection 
of  capable  ofiicers  to  preside  over  its  destinies,  whose  individual  character 
and  whose  earnestness  of  purpose  have  entered  into  the  making  of  a  great 
university.  The  personality  of  the  Presidents  of  this  institution — Doctors 
Sewall,  Hale  and  Baker, — who  were  all  men  of  high  educational  attainments, 
character  and  culture,  has  done  much  to  make  this  institution  of  learning 
one  of  the  best.  We  appreciate  the  work  they  have  done.  Their  efficient 
management  has  made  possible  its  continued  growth  and  greatness.  Under 
their  able  administration  and  guidance  this  University  has  grown  to  a  posi- 
tion of  pre-eminence  in  our  commonwealth,  and  to  a  place  of  equal  im- 
portance with  other"  State  universities  of  our  land. 

The  success  attained  in  the  growth  of  our  University  is  indeed  re- 
markable when  the  financial  difficulties  it  has  passed  through  are  considered. 
The  financial  crises  have  been  numerous,  but  the  officers  and  patriotic 
friends  of  the  University  have  rallied  to  its  support.  With  unflinching  in- 
tegrity and  fidelity  they  have,  time  after  time,  overcome  obstacles  and  bar- 
riers, which  to  others  seemed  insurmountable,  and  have  by  their  zealous 
work  saved  this  institution,  when  to  others  it  looked  as  if  the  work  already 
accomplished  were  to  be  lost.  Continually  hampered  by  reason  of  lack  of 
funds,  nevertheless  the  growth  has  been  steady  and  strong.  But  I  am  glad 
to  state  that  I  firmly  believe  that  in  the  future  sufficient  provision  will  be 
made  for  carrying  on  the  work  and  future  development  of  this  and  other 
State  institutions  of  learning,  so  that  their  growth  will  not  be  limited  or 
retarded. 

I  congratulate  the  officers  and  Regents  of  the  University  upon  the  out- 
look for  the  future;  I  congratulate  those  who  teach  and  those  who  are 
taught,  but  above  all  do  I  congratulate  the  people  of  this  State  upon  the 
advantages  they  possess,  derived  from  the  University  of  Colorado. 

Following  Governor  Orman's  address  there  were  words  of  greeting 
given  by  representatives  of  various  educational  institutions.  Several  of 
the  delegates  were  obliged  to  leave  on  the  noon  train,  before  the  close  of 
the  exercises,  but  the  following  responded : 

Rev.  Dr.  Gr.  A.  Brandelle,  representing  Augustana  College,  said : 

Mr.  President,  Members  of  the  Faculty,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen: — I  pre- 
sume that  quite  a  number  of  these  delegates  are  present  and  desire  to 
address  you  at  this  time.  In  that  event,  I  must  set  them  an  example  in 
the  matter  of  being  very,  very  brief.  I  have  the  honor,  Mr.  President,  of 
bringing  to  you  the  congratulations  and  best  well  wishes  of  the  President, 
the  Faculty,  and  the  students  of  Augustana  College,  Rock  Island,  Illinois. 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION.  91 

We  are  delighted  to  hear  of  the  progress  that  you  have  been  making  during 
the  past  ten  or  fifteen  years.  We  know  that  you  are  going  to  make  still 
greater  progress  in  the  days  to  come.  May  God  bless  you  most  abundantly, 
and  may  He  grant  unto  you  grace  and  strength  to  do  the  work  that  is  set 
before  you,  that  it  may  redound  to  the  glorification  of  His  name,  and  to  the 
upbuilding  of  a  nation  of  young  people  in  this  State  who  shall  be  tre- 
mendously strong,  both  intellectually  and  morally. 

President  Wm.  F.  Slocum  of  Colorado  College  made  the  following 
remarks : 

Mr.  President,  Members  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  and  Faculties  of  the 
University  of  Colorado: — It  is  with  very  great  pleasure  that  I  brin^  to  the 
University  of  Colorado  the  greetings  and  congratulations  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  the  Faculty  and  the  students  of  Colorado  College.  It  seems  to 
me  to-day,  as  I  think  with  great  pride  of  our  University,  of  the  work  which 
it  has  done  in  the  past,  of  the  work  which  it  is  doing  to-day,  of  the  great 
advantage  to  our  whole  commonwealth,  of  what  it  promises  for  the  fu- 
ture, that  we  are  gathered  here  to  congratulate  one  another,  to  congratulate 
the  State,  to  congratulate  all  those  who  love  and  believe  in  our  University 
for  what  it  is  accomplishing.  I  am  coming  from  those  who  conserve  the 
College  idea,  and  I  am  very  sure  that  in  the  conserving  of  the  College,  we 
are  paying  a  compliment  to  the  University.  We  compliment  the  University 
upon  its  graduate  courses,  upon  its  law  courses,  its  medical  courses,  its 
engineering  courses,  because  we  are  trying  in  our  courses  to  prepare  our 
students  the  better  for  the  work  which  you  are  doing,  and  doing  so  ad- 
mirably. We  take  very  great  pleasure,  and  an  increasing  pleasure,  in  what 
is  being  accomplished  here  at  this  University,  and  I  am  sure,  that  as  the 
years  go  by,  and  we  build  up  our  simple  College  life,  we  shall  find  more 
and  more  that  we  are  working  together  for  those  high  ends,  for  those 
noble  purposes,  that  make  up  the  movement  for  higher  education  in  the 
State  of  Colorado.  It  seems  to  me  also  that  as  we  work  for  that  end,  as 
we  represent  together  that  higher  movement,  we  are  producing  in  Colorado 
that  unity  in  the  great  educational  movement  that  shall  accomplish  more 
and  more  as  the  years  go  by  for  the  evolution  of  our  State  in  every  respect. 
So  it  is  with  sincere  pleasure,  it  is  with  a  profound  sense  of  gratitude  and 
respect  that  I  come  here  to  represent  Colorado  College,  bringing  these  con- 
gratulations and  bringing  that  sincere  admiration  for  what  is  being  accom- 
plished and  for  what  your  Faculties,  your  President,  and  your  Board  of 
Regents  are  doing,  not  only  for  the  University,  but  for  our  whole  common- 
wealth. 

President  Z.  X.  Snyder,  representing  the  Colorado  State  Normal 

School,  said: 

Mr.  President: — To  you,  to  your  Regents,  to  your  Faculty,  to  your 
alumni,  to  your  students,  to  the  people  of  this  State,  this  is  a  glorious  day 


92  .  IJNIVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

because  out  of  education  come  the  issues  of  life;  whether  it  be  the 
man  in  the  profession,  whether  it  be  the  mechanic,  or  the  farmer,  he 
ought  to  be  a  product  of  our  educational  system.  I  bring  the  greetings  of 
the  Colorado  State  Normal  School  to  you,  and  congratulations  to  you  upon 
the  development  of  this  institution,  not  so  much  upon  its  thirteen  buildings, 
not  so  much  upon  the  objective  development,  but  upon  the  development  of 
its  character,  the  character  of  this  institution.  It  has  a  will;  it  has  a 
heart;  it  has  an  intellect.  It  stands  for  ideals,  and  ideals  that  are  the 
pioneers  of  achievement;  and  to  carry  out  this  policy  is  what  will  make 
this  institution,  not  the  institution  of  Boulder,  not  the  institution  of  Colo- 
rado, but  the  institution  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  region.  As  Harvard  is 
the  institution  of  New  Ehgland,  as  Columbia  is  the  institution  of  the  Atlantic 
States,  as  Chicago  is  probably  the  institution  of  the  great  middle  West,  and 
as  Kansas  or  Nebraska  or  some  other  institution,  that  of  the  Plains,  so 
it  may  be  the  institution  of  the  great  Rocky  Mountain  region.  And  I  be- 
lieve I  am  expressing  the  sentiments  of  the  educational  people  of  this  State 
when  I  say  it  is  the  prayer  of  this  people  that  you  may  conduct  the  fiftieth 
anniversary  of  this  institution,  and  that  Time  may  be  so  kind  to  you  that 
you  will  be  hale  in  health  and  strength — this  is  the  prayer,  I  believe,  of 
every  one. 

Dr.  Ammi  B.  Hyde,  representing  the  University  of  Denver,  made 
the  following  remarks : 

It  was  my  fortune  to  stand  by  a  tree,  the  record  of  which  is  this: 
That  it  burst  the  surface  of  the  ground  when  Alfred  was  King,  and,  when 
Edward  the  Elder  was  upon  the  throne,  it  was  a  shrub  in  early  and  health- 
ful growth.  I  stood  by  that  splendid  growth  and  thought  what  storms  it 
had  resisted,  with  what  winds  it  had  wrestled,  what  sunshine  had  fallen 
upon  it,  what  dews  and  rains  had  cherished  its  growth,  and,  as  I  stood 
there,  it  seemed  to  bear  in  itself  the  visible  record  of  that  long  period,  a 
thousand  years.  I  think  that  it  was  something  like  this  which  the  speaker 
of  old  had  in  his  mind  when  he  uttered  that  hearty  wish,  that  as  one's 
years,  so  his  strength  might  be.  This  is  the  sentiment  of  the  University 
which  I  have  the  honor  of  representing,  towards  this  institution,  and  the 
men  who  make  it  up — ^that,  as  its  years,  so  its  strength  may  be. 

We  wish  you  many  long  years,  the  joy  of  many  generations,  on  this 
magnificent  site  with  this  background  and  foreground  so  contrasting  and 
so  grand,  and  this  fair  town  clinging  around — here  may  this  institution 
prosper  and  its  thousandth  year  be  as  this  year,  only  far  more  abundant. 

Honorable  Joseph  C.  Shattnck,  a  former  Regent  of  the  University, 

was  the  next  speaker : 

Mr.  President,  Members  of  the  Faculty,  and  Board  of  Regents  of  the 
University  of  Colorado: — I  bring  to  you  especially  a  kindly  word  of  greet- 
ing from  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  University  of  Denver,  whose  repre- 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION.  93 

sentative  J  am,  but  as  the  institution  has  been  so  fittingly  represented  by  my 
predecessor,  1  trust  you  will  excuse  me  for  a  brief  word  upon  other  lines. 
I  devoutly  thank  God  that  I  have  lived  to  see  this  day.  I  knew  the  Univer- 
sity  of  Colorado  at  its  very  beginning,  when  it  was  a  tottering,  trembling 
infant.  I  am  glad  to  greet  it  to-day,  a  full  grown  young  man,  rejoicing  in  the 
strength  with  which  it  is  starting  to  run  its  race.  I  knew  it  when  it  was 
hardly  known  outside  of  the  county  in  which  it  was  situated,  and  the  coun- 
ties immediately  surrounding.  I  am  glad  to  greet  it  to-day,  when  its  fame 
and  its  credit  are  not  limited  by  the  bounds  of  our  own  common  country. 

There  is  an  old  friend  living  here  in  Boulder.  I  haven't  met  him  to- 
day, the  Honorable  James  P.  Maxwell.  The  younger  people  may  forget, 
and  so  I  say  to  you,  lest  we  forget,  to  that  noble  man  more  than/  to  any 
other,  perhaps  to  all  others,  you  owe  the  first  appropriation  that  was  voted 
out  of  the  public  treasury,  the  Territorial  treasury.  In  1874,  I  had  the  honor, 
and  it  is  an  exceedingly  pleasant  memory,  to  sit  beside  Mr.  Maxwell  in  the 
Territorial  legislature,  and  help  him,  as  best  I  might,  in  fighting  that  first 
appropriation  of  $15,00u  through,  in  spite  of  opposition  and  improbability  of 
success. 

The  institution  of  learning  organized  here  twenty-five  years  ago  entered 
the  only  door  of  education  that  was  open.  It  has  been  busy  since 
then  opening  doors,  doors  that  have  let  it  in  to  lines  of  education,  as  Presi- 
dent Schurman  so  beautifully  marked  out,  in  close  sympathy  with  the  peo- 
ple, educating  young  men  and  women,  not  exclusively  in  the  old  branches 
which  made  a  liberal  education  twenty-five  years  ago,  but  in  those  which 
bring  them  into  touch  with  the  people  among  whom  they  must  live.  I  give 
honor  to  those  who  laid  the  foundations  here.  I  rejoice  in  those  who  are 
enjoying  the  fruition  of  the  hopes  of  the  founders  and  I  close  with  the  sen- 
timent from  George  MacDonald:  "The  old  days  will  never  return,  because 
they  would  be  in  the  way  of  the  new  and  better  days,  whose  turn  it  is." 

Judge  Owen  LeFevre  spoke  from  his  place  in  the  audience  sl^: 
follows : 

Dr.  Sewall,  who  was  appointed  by  President  Angell  with  myself  to 
come  here  to  represent  the  University  of  Michigan,  did  what  may  be  always 
expected  of  a  member  of  a  Faculty,  insisted  on  somebody  else  doing  his 
work.  Last  night,  he  insisted  that  I  remain  indoors  because  I  was  not 
well,  and  this  morning,  with  a  characteristic  which  is  found  among  Facul- 
ties, he  insisted  that  I  take  the  train  in  a  snowstorm  to  be  here.  So  in 
order  to  convey  the  good  will  of  my  own  Alma  Mater,  and  to  do  that  which 
President  Angell,  the  friend  of  all  students,  and  especially  of  his  own  boys, 
has  asked,  I  am  here  to  give  you  the  greeting  of  a  sister  institution  which 
has  struggled  through  more  years  of  adversity  than  this,  which  had  for 
years  a  greater  hardship  in  the  then  Northwest  than  you  have  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  and  yet  to-day  stands  perhaps  foremost  of  the  educational  insti- 
tutions, the  co-educational  institutions.     She  has  grown  with  her  years,  and 


94  UNIVERSITY    or    COLORADO 

she  extends  to  you  the  same  cordiality  that  she  has  met  with  as  a  State  in- 
stitution, supported  by  the  people.  Mr.  President,  to  have  done  all  that  you 
have  done  certainly  means  great  honor  to  yourself  and  to  those  who  have 
represented  you,  as  well  as  your  associates. 

Professor  Laurence  Fossler  of  the  University  of  Nebraska  responded 
.in  the  following  language: 

Mr.  President,  Members  of  the  Faculty,  and  Friends: — I  come  out  here 
as  a  man  of  the  plains  to  the  men  of  the  mountain,  and  women  of  the  moun- 
tain, too,  to  bring  you  the  hearty  congratulations  of  our  institution.  We 
met  you  a  few  weeks  ago,  and  we  intend  to  do  so  again.  I  come  out  here 
this  morning  to  join  in  a  regular  love  feast.  A  few  years  ago,  some  five  or 
six  years  ago,  we  were  celebrating  a  similar  occasion  down  at  Lincoln,  and 
we  too,  had  expressions  of  kindly  feeling,  of  congratulation  on  what  we  had 
done,  and  I  think  we  deserved  it  just  as  much  as  you  do.  I  come  out  here, 
and  I  find  that  the  same  spirit  of  broad,  liberal  love  for  the  higher  things 
in  life  is  extant  in  the  State  of  Colorado.  I  was  told  when  I  came  out  that 
I  should  not  fail  to  take  the  car,  "Seeing  Denver,"  because  in  that  way,  I 
could  see  the  whole  city  for  a  quarter  and  have  a  guide  thrown  in,  and  I 
availed  myself  of  that  opportunity.  The  guide  certainly  knew  his  business 
pretty  well,  for  he  pointed  out  this  millionaire's  residence,  and  that  mil- 
lionaire's residence,  and  he  told  me  how  many  millions  this  block  cost, 
and  how  many  millions  that  block  cost,  and  how  many  miles  of  street  cars 
they  had,  and  in  fact,  my  head  fairly  swam  with  the  figures  he  gave  me.  I 
jotted  some  of  them  down  that  I  will  produce  when  I  get  back  home.  And 
yet,  ladies  and  gentlemen — I  think  I  am  speaking  the  sentiment  of  you  all — 
I  am  convinced  that  it  is  not  millions,  that  it  is  not  street  railways,  that 
it  is  not  blocks,  that  it  is  not  gold  mills,  that  it  is  nothing  of  the  sort  that 
makes  life  really  worth  living,  but  it  is  the  work  such  as  is  done  by  your 
institution  and  by  our  institution  and  by  all  the  institutions  of  similar 
grade  over  this  broad  land.  It  is  the  spiritual  things  of  life,  the  love  of 
truth,  those  things  for  which  this  University  stands,  that  make  life  worth 
living.  I  rejoice  to  hear  the  admirable  report  which  we  have  had  of  the 
progress  that  the  institution  has  made,  because  it  shows  that  the  people  of 
the  State  of  Colorado  are  appreciating  what  is  being  done,  and  in  twenty- 
five  years  from  now,  yes,  in  ten  years  from  now,  you  will  find  that  the 
graduates  of  this  institution  will  have  pushed  into  the  professions,  will 
have  pushed  into  the  legislature,  will  have  pushed  into  business  everywhere, 
and  thus  they  will  give  a  moral  tone,  an  intellectual  tone,  an  artistic  tone  to 
society  of  the  commonwealth  of  the  State  of  Colorado,  which  will  repay  a 
thousand-fold  for  the  money  that  she  is  putting  into  their  education.  Mr. 
President,  I  again  repeat  that  both  the  University  and  myself  personally 
extend  to  you,  and  to  your  faculty,  our  heartiest  congratulations. 


QUARTO-CENTEI^NIAL    CELEBRATION.  95 

Lieutenant-Colonel  J.  W.  Pope,  representing  the  United  States 
Military  Academy,  spoke  as  follows: 

Mr.  President,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen: — It  is  entirely  fitting  that  an 
institution  like  West  Point  Military  Academy,  which  has  sent  out  so  many 
of  those  oMcers  of  the  Army  who  have  distinguished  themselves  in  the 
long  struggle  resulting  in  the  "Winning  of  the  West,"  should  be  rep- 
resented at  the  Quarto-Centennial  Celebration  of  one  of  the  greatest  insti- 
tutions of  learning  in  the  rapidly  developing  section  of  the  Republic.  West 
Point  makes  no  exclusive  claim  to  the  honor  due  to  the  United  States  Army 
for  its  patient,  arduous,  and  laborious  work  in  the  long  battle  of  civilization, 
but  its  martyrs  to  that  cause  dot  the  plains  from  the  Canadian/  border  to 
the  Mexican  frontier, 

I  fear  we  are  accustomed  to  over-estimate  the  relative  value  of  the 
abounding  evidences  of  present  and  recent  achievement ,  in  all  directions,  but 
you  men  of  learning  must  know  that,  as  it  is  the  mysterious  working  of 
nature's  forces  upon  the  unpretentious  seed  in  the  dark  and  damp  of  the 
unseen  underground,  which  chiefly  brings  forth  the  beauteous  flower  and 
fruitful  grain,  so  it  was  the  hard,  rough  task  performed  by  the  rugged 
pioneer,  aided  by  the  strong  arm  of  the  soldier,  which  prepared  the  way 
for  the  present  high  stage  of  development  of  the  Great  West  in  the  arts, 
sciences,  and  industries. 

For  eighteen  years,  as  a  Lieutenant  of  General  Miles'  regiment,  the 
Fifth  United  States  Infantry,  I  was  identified  with  the  fighting  force  of  the 
Army  in  the  West.  My  first  station  was  Fort  Lyon,  Colorado,  and  within  a 
few  months,  I  joined  the  expedition  of  Carr  and  Penrose,  which  lasted  during 
the  winter  of  1868-9.  In  the  summer  of  the  latter  year,  came  the  expedition 
from  Kit  Carson,  Colorado,  against  Indians  who  had  murdered  workmen  of  the 
Kansas-Pacific  Railroad;  afterwards  my  company  guarded  that  road  when  the 
so-called  Denver  Extension  was  completed  to  Denver.  In  1873,  my  company 
was  sent  to  quell  an  Indian  disturbance  on  the  Cucharas  at  the  foot  of  the 
Spanish  peaks.  In  1874-5,  we  were  engaged  in  the  campaign  under  Miles 
against  the  combined  tribes  of  the  Indian  Territory  Indians  which  lasted 
nearly  a  year.  In  1876-8,  we  were  at  war  with  the  Sioux  and  Northern  Chey- 
ennes,  following  the  Custer  massacre.  All  this  is  only  a  fair  sample  of  a 
regular  army  oflacer's  life  in  those  "piping  times  of  peace." 

Such  work  must  have  engaged  the  interest  of  the  Army  officer  in  the 
field  of  his  labor  and,  together  with  most  of  the  line  officers  of  the  Regular 
Army,  my  interest  has  ever  been  with  the  Great  West.  So  when  my  friend^ 
Colonel  Mills,  Superintendent  of  the  United  States  Military  Academy  at  West 
Point,  requested  me  to  represent  our  renowned  old  Alma  Mater  at  this 
Quarto-Centennial  of  the  great  University  of  Colorado,  it  gave  me  genuine 
pleasure  to  come  and  tender  the  greetings  and  congratulations  of  that  old 
and  distant  institution  to  this  comparatively  new  but  fiourishing  University 
of  one  of  the  most  progressive  States  of  the  Union. 


96  UNIVEESITY    OF    COLORADO 

I  do  this  with  all  sincerity,  knowing  that  such  felicitations  must  be  ap- 
preciated as  coming  from  an  institution  which  has  sent  forth  so  many  of  its 
alumni  to  water  with  their  blood  these  fair  plains  to  see  spring  forth  from 
the  sacrificial  altars  of  their  graves,  not  armed  men,  but  noble  institutions 
of  learning,  great  manufacturing  establishments,  and  all  the  arts  and  in- 
dustries of  peace. 

Mr.  Van  Epuse,  representing  William  Jewell  College,  responded  as 
follows : 

I  will  speak  from  the  floor,  if  you  will  excuse  me.  For  twenty  years 
I  have  been  connected  with  the  school  interests  of  the  State  of  Colorado. 
My  work  has  been  in  the  public  schools.  I  was  here  when  this  building 
first  cast  its  shadow.  I  have  been  connected  with  the  State's  educational 
interests  ever  since  that  time,  and  to-day  I  am  closely  connected  and  allied 
with  the  institutions  at  Colorado  Springs,  and  it  gives  me  great  pleasure, 
Mr.  President,  to  offer  the  congratulations  from  my  Alma  Mater  for  the  suc- 
cess and  the  continued  success  of  this  institution.    I  thank  you. 

President  Baker  asked  Professor  Jackson  to  say  a  word  for  the 
University  of  Wisconsin,  in  addition  to  his  address  of  the  day  before. 

Professor  Dngald  C.  Jackson,  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  made 
the  following  remarks: 

Mr,  President,  Board  of  Regents,  and  Ladies  and  Gentlemen: — I  come 
from  a  University  which  recently  completed  its  second  quarter  century,  a 
University  like  this,  practically  framed  in  the  Constitution  of  the  State, 
and  supported  by  it,  a  University  which  went  through  days  of  darkness 
and  struggle,  which  I  am  sure  this  University  has  met,  but  which  has 
come  to  a  stage  of  accomplishment  that  may  be  emulated  by  all  of  our 
State  Universities.  I  find  here, — I  had  never  visited  here — but  I  find  here 
the  same  democratic  spirit  for  scholarship  among  the  people,  which  has 
given  the  State  Universities  a  place  in  the  hearts  of  the  people  and  has 
made  these  Universities  a  power  for  good.  I  met  you  first  as  a  stranger, 
or  I  thought  I  did,  but  was  greeted  by  the  slogan  which  is  recognized  as 
the  yell  of  the  University  with  which  my  teaching  life  has  been  connected, 
a  slogan  which  has  become  practically  that  of  a  great  State,  a  sister  State, 
and  I  must  say  that  I  felt  that  I  was  amongst  friends.  Under  such  circum- 
stances, I  am  particularly  pleased,  Mr.  President,  to'  congratulate  this  Uni- 
versity upon  its  great  past,  upon  the  achievements  that  it  has  brought  forth 
in  the  past,  upon  its  position  in  the  present,  and  particularly  also  to  add 
our  hopes  and -our  kind  wishes  for  those  things  which  we  know  are  coming 
to  you  in  the  future,  and  which  you  will  bring  to  this  great  State  of  the 
Union,  and  to  the  nation. 


QUAETO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION.  97 

President  Baker  annouiiced  that  our  own  Professor  Brackett  had 
been  selected  to  speak  for  Yale. 

Dr.  Brackett  spoke  as  follows: 

President  Hadley  would  gladly  be  here  in  person  to  convey  the 
heartiest  congratulation  of  the  officers  of  Yale  to  the  Regents  and  Facul- 
ties upon  the  completion  of  twenty-five  years  of  remarkably  successful  work 
in  the  interests  of  higher  education.  The  relations  between  the  two  Uni- 
versities have  been  very  cordial.  He  remembers  with  pleasure  the  services 
of  each  University  to  the  other.  Yale  is  the  Alma  Mater  of  Mr.  Charles 
Rowland  Dudley,  whose  labors  for  the  University  have  been  conspicuous  in 
the  Board  of  Regents,  while  at  least  three  of  her  graduates,  including  Pro- 
fessor Maurice  E.  Dunham  and  Dr.  Charles  G.  Osgood,  have  been  members 
of  the  University  Faculty, 

He  remembers,  too,  that  the  debt  is  not  all  on  one  side.  He  bears  in 
mind  students  from  the  University  of  Colorado  who  have  won  distinction 
at  Yale,  as  Mr.  Charles  Studinski,  the  intercollegiate  debater,  and  Mr. 
Eugene  Heitler  Lehman,  a  writer  and  speaker  of  rare  power.  He  does  not 
forget  the  services  of  the  late  Guy  Van  Gorder  Thompson,  Ph.  D,,  instructor 
and  tutor  in  Latin  at  Yale  from  1892  to  1897,  and  a  most  respected  member 
of  the  Yale  Faculty.  Dr.  Frederick  Lincoln  Chase,  the  assistant  astronomer 
of  Yale  University,  also  received  his  education  at  the  University  of  Colo- 
rado, and  both  by  his  character  and  ability  as  a  scholar  has  reflected  great 
credit  upon  his  Alma  Mater. 

Rev.  Theodore  T.  Munger,  D.  D.,  senior  member  of  the  Yale  Corpora- 
tion, adds  to  his  congratulations  these  words:  "I  have  always  felt  that 
there  is  no  better  place  for  a  man  to  serve  his  country  and  the  kingdom  of 
God,  than  in  a  Western  University.  You  certainly  are  near  the  center  of 
the  country  and  at  the  top  of  it." 

Yale  having  rounded  her  two  hundred  years  sends  greetings  and  con- 
gratulations to  Colorado  upon  the  completion  of  twenty-five.  The  ocean 
rejoices  in  the  young  glory  of  the  highland;  the  highland  needs  the  deep, 
and  the  deep  needs  the  highland. 

Mr.  Frank  E.  Shepard,  representing  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  spoke  as  follows : 

Mr.  President: — I  wish  to  convey  to  you,  the  members  of  your  Board 
and  Faculty,  the  cordial  congratulations  of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology  of  Boston,  Massachusetts,  and  its  President  Mr.  Henry  S. 
Pritchett.  Mr.  Pritchett  wrote  me  recently,  expressing  his  great  regret  that 
he  could  not  be  here  on  this  occasion.  This  institution  stands  for  the  edu- 
cation of  engineers,  and  interests  in  the  practical  arts  and  sciences.  It  has 
sent  out  a  great  many  graduates  to  this  State,  and  we  are  rejoiced,  as  en- 
gineers, that  there  is  an  institution  here  which  will  allow  the  young  men 


98  ^  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

of  our  state  to  become  more  proficient  in  the  practical  arts.    I  am  very  glad 
to  convey  to  you  these  cordial  congratulations  from  Massachusetts. 

Dean  Hellems  announced  as  follows : 

Owing  to  lack  of  time;  I  omit  most  of  the  letters  that  I  had  hoped  to 
read  to  you.  Most  kindly  and  cordial  expressions  of  regret  were  received 
from  President  Roosevelt,  Dr.  Harris,  the  Commissioner  of  Education,  and 
from  eminent  statesmen,  educators  and  churchmen  throughout  the  country. 
Nothing,  I  think,  could  be  more  gratifying  than  the  attitude  that  has  been 
assumed  by  every  friend  towards  our  celebration.  At  the  request  of  the 
Faculty,  I  will  read  two  or  three  rather  typical  letters,  one  from  President 
Northrop  of  the  University  of  Minnesota,  one  from  the  President  of  the 
Ohio  State  University,  one  from  President  Angell,  the  veteran  head  of  the 
University  of  Michigan,  and  one  from  President  Jesse  of  the  University 
of  Missouri.  President  Hadley  of  Yale  sends  an  especially  cordial  letter. 
A  genial  greeting  from  the  Reverend  Dr.  Caverno,  an  old  and  staunch  friend 
of  the  institution,  is  particularly  welcome.  I  should  like  to  say  that  if  there 
ever  was  any  feeling,  even  of  hesitation,  on  the  part  of  the  clergy  toward 
the  State  University,  judging  by  the  letters  received  from  clergymen  who 
could  not  be  present,  the  feeling  has  entirely  vanished  and  clergymen  rec- 
ognize that  education  and  life  are  one,  and  that  the  State  University,  while 
working  out  the  problems  of  education,  is  working  out  the  problems  of 
life  and  religion  as  well.  I  will  close  with  a  most  cheerful  letter  from  Dr. 
T.  W.  Stanton,  of  the  Class  of  '83. 


QUAETO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  99 

SATURDAY  AFTERNOON 

THE  ALUMNI  DINNER 


TOASTS. 


Toastmaster :    Richard  H.  Whiteley,  Class  of  ^82. 
"Welcome  the  coming,  speed  the  going  guest.^'       , 

— Homer. 

The  Pioneers  of  Colorado Me.  Hugh  R.  Steele 

"By  the  work  one  knows  the  workman." 

— de  la  Fontaine. 

Early  Struggles  for  a  University  at  Boulder 

Hon.  James  P.  Maxwell 

"When  the  fight  begins  within  himself 
"^      A  man^s  worth  something." 

— Browning. 

The  First  Ten  Years Ex-President  Joseph  A.  Sewall,  LL.  D. 

"While  there  is  life,  there's  hope,  he  cried." 

—Gay. 
The  Fnture  of  the  University  of  Colorado ....  Hon.  David  M.  Richards 
"There's  a  good  time  coming,  boys ! 
A  good  time  coming." 

— Mackay. 

Mr.  Whiteley,  presiding  as  Toastmaster,  spoke  as  follows : 

Not  to  interfere  with  the  closing  up  of  the  lunch,  and  yet  to  obtain 
all  the  time  possible  before  trains  and  such  worldly  affairs,  I  desire  to  open 
the  ceremonies  and  to  recall  the  words  that  we  learned  in  the  University  of 
Colorado  before  the  beginning.  The  old  master  said,  at  the  feast  of  his  day, 
when  Agamemnon  and  Achilles  were  fighting  their  troubles  at  other  times 
than  after  they  had  satisfied  their  hunger,  "First  the  feast,  and  then  the 
council,"    We  come  now  to  the  council. 

In  the  beginning,  when  Adam  and  the  class  of  '82  were  without  com- 
petitors, I  can  recall  that  my  class  felt  that  when  we  had  a  Professor  of 
all  the  sciences,  Dr.  Sewall,  and  a  Professor  of  all  the  languages.  Professor 
Dow,  and  a  text  book  on  Modem  Languages,  imtil  Miss  Rippon  came  to  act 
as  Professor  of  ail  the  Modem  Languages,  that  when  we  had  Professors 
of  such  broad  attainments,  naturally  we  had  students  of  broad  attainments 

LOFC, 


100  UNIVERSITY  OF  COLORADO 

likewise.  So  it  is,  that  when  I  think  of  the  class  of  '82,  I  realize  that  they 
have  had  no  real  competitors.  I  can  see  that  naturally  the  Faculty  and  the 
class  traveled  in  double  harness,  and  I  can  realize,  when  I  look  into  the  rear 
of  the  World's  Almanac  and  see  nay;,  name,  by  some  ghastly  joke  there 
inscribed  as  the  oldest  living  graduate  of  the  University  of  Colorado,  that 
they  are  giving,  at  this  Quarto-Centennial  of  the  University,  respect  to  years, 
of  course.  Not  to  detain  you  by  telling  of  excellencies  that  all  of  you  must 
see,  when  you  meet  a  member  of  the  class  of  '82,  I  pass  to  remind  you  that 
in  the  beginning  there  were  people  who  ruled  themselves  before  they  were 
ruled.  I  speak  now  of  the  pioneer  days  of  Colorado,  because,  remember, 
they  tell  me,  and  with  a  semblance  of  fact,  that  there  were  men  in  the 
State  before  the  class  of  '82,  and  it  is  of  those  men  that  we  are  going  to 
hear  to-day.  I  can  think,  perhaps,  of  what  is  known  as  provisional  govern- 
ments, of  which  the  United  States  has  had  but  one,  and  I  am  reliably  in- 
formed Colorado  had  one.  It  was  organized  in  the  fall  of  '59,  by  our  sturdy 
pioneers.  Later,  you  may  recall,  in  '61,  or  thereabouts,  the  Government  at 
Washington  arranged  things  for  us,  but  we  got  together  and  selected  a 
ruler,  a  governor,  a  provisional  governor,  the  first,  the  only  "E  pluribus 
unum"  as  we  would  say  on  the  shield,  and  that  provisional  Governor  was 
Robert  W.  Steele.  He  served  his  term  well,  and  served  more  days,  and 
was  finally  called  to  higher  jurisdictions.  But  he  left  a  son,  and  that 
son  has  been  selected  by  those  who  were  here  back  before  the  class  of  '82, 
in  *59  and  '60,  aye,  even  in  '58,  perhaps  in  a  tent  or  a  camp  wagon.  They 
have  formed  the  Pioneers'  Association  of  Colorado,  which  association  has 
selected  a  President,  and  that  President  is  Hugh  R.  Steele,  the  son  of  our 
Provisional  Governor,  who  is  here  to-day,  and  will  tell  us  something  of 
the  pioneers  of  Colorado.    Mr.  Steele: 

Mr.  Hugh  E.  Steele  responded  to  the  toast,  as  follows : 

Mr.  Toastmaster,  and  Ladies  and  Gentlemen: — At  a  meeting  of  the 
Colorado  Pioneers'  Society  held  in  order  to  act  upon  a  courteous  invitation 
issued  by  the  Regents  of  the  State  University,  two'  delegates  were  chosen 
to  represent  that  Society  upon  this  occasion.  I  had  hoped  that  my  colleague, 
who  was  selected,  would  be  here  at  this  time,  in  order  to  respond  to  this 
toast.  General  Frank  Hall,  of  Denver,  was  selected  as  the  other  delegate, 
and  only  his  arduous  duties  there,  I  am  confident,  have  detained  him  from 
being  here  on  this  occasion. 

Ladies  and  gentlemen,  I  have  been  assigned  an  important  subject,  and 
I  realize  my  shortcomings,  as  never  before,  in  attempting  to  respond  to  the 
subject.  The  Colorado  Pioneers,  and  with  it  the  sentiment,  "By  the  work 
one  knows  the  workman."  Ladies  and  gentlemen,  so  far  as  the  work  of 
the  Colorado  Pioneers  is  concerned,  the  evidence  is  all  around  you.  Their 
monuments  extend  from  the  boundaries  of  the  north  to  the  boundary  line 
of  the  south.  Our  magnificent  cities,  our  railroads  that  span  the  State  in 
all  directions,  the  opening  up  and  development  of  every  industry  in  Colorado, 


QUAKTO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION.  101 

aye,  the  building  of  this  magnificent  University,  are  all  of  them  monuments 
to  the  foresight,  the  perseverance  and  the  energy  of  the  men  who  laid  the 
foundations  of  this  magnificent  commonwealth. 

Ladies  and  gentlemen,  if  you  could  have  seen  this  country  when  these 
men  and  women  arrived  at  the  base  of  these  mountains!  A  more  sterile 
looking  and  more  uninviting  prospect  it  would  be  hard  to  find.  But  these 
men  and  women  who  came  here  brought  with  them  the  energy  to  found  a 
new  State  and  a  new  commonwealth.  As  the  beaver,  when  removed  from 
its  native  haunt  to  a  strange  location,  will  immediately  set  about  to  secure 
the  materials  to  build  a  new  dam  and  a  new  home,  sO'  these  men  and  women 
who  came  here  to  the  base  of  these  mountains,  with  that  instinct  that  be- 
longed to  them  as  a  people,  at  once  set  about  to  lay  the  foundations  for  a 
new  government,  and  to  found  those  institutions  characteristic  of  our  civiliza- 
tion. Within  a  few  months  after  their  arrival,  a  form  of  government  had 
been  created.  They  felt  the  necessity  of  this,  as  they  were  five  hundred 
miles  from  the  boundary  of  civilization.  Within  a  short  time  after  this, 
an  act  was  passed  by  their  local  Legislature,  setting  up  a  University 
for  the  Territory  of  Colorado.  Out  of  this  little  beginning  has  grown  this 
magnificent  institution,  whose  twenty-fifth  anniversary  we  are  celebrating 
at  this  time.  I  congratulate  you,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  I  congratulate  the 
people  of  Colorado,  upon  this,  the  twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  the  opening 
of  this  institution,  and  I  trust,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  that  you  will  pardon 
m^,  if  the  Pioneers  of  Colorado  assume  to  themselves  some  of  the  credit 
that  certainly  belongs  to  its  upbuilding.  It  certainly  is  wonderful;  it  cer- 
tainly is  magnificent  that  in  forty-four  years  of  existence  of  this  Territory 
and  State,  such  grand  results  have  been  achieved.  I  assure  you  that  the 
Association  to  which  I  belong,  the  Pioneers  of  Colorado,  are  especially 
proud  of  this  institution.  Residing  here,  as  the  pioneers  have,  during  all 
the  period  of  the  existence  of  this  University,  they  have  seen  as  perhaps  no 
other  portion  of  the  population  of  Colorado  has  seen,  the  struggles  through 
which  this  University  has  passed.  They  have  noted  with  chagrin  and  re- 
gret the  occasions  when  the  University  seemed  to  have  been  almost  upon 
the  point  of  going  upon  the  shoals  of  dissolution,  and  felt  indignant  that  it 
was  at  times  almost  forced  to  shut  its  doors  for  lack  of  support.  Let  me, 
on  behalf  of  the  Pioneers,  hope  that  at  no  future  time  the  occasion  may  ever 
arise  when  the  people  of  the  State,  and  the  Pioneers  also,  may  have  any 
cause  to  feel  alarmed  that  this  institution  shall  fail  to  receive  the  support 
to  which  it  is  entitled.  And  now,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  let  me  say  a  word 
as  to  the  future  of  this  institution,  because  it,  different  from  the  society 
to  which  I  belong,  has  a  long  future  before  it.  The  University  of  Colorado 
will  exist  and  will  prosper,  I  trust,  when  the  Pioneers  of  Colorado  shall  have 
passed  away.  Let  me  hope  that  in  the  future,  instead  of  thirteen  buildings 
that  now  adorn  these  grounds,  and  instead  of  a  few  hundred  students  here 
attending,  the  day  may  come  when  this  campus  shall  be  covered  with  build- 
ings from  end  to  end,  when  thousands  of  students  shall  gather  here.    And, 


102  UNIVERSITY  OF  COLORADO 

as  they  wander  over  these  grounds,  I  trust  they  will  remember  the  men 
who.  laid  the  foundations  for  the  upbuilding  of  this  institution.  I  trust  that 
as  the  days  and  the  years  pass  on,  this  University  will  flourish  gloriously, 
and  that  each  and  every  one  of  the  students  gathered  here  will  be  able  to 
say  from  his  heart,  "Thank  God  that  I,  too,  am  an  inhabitant  of  the  State 
of  Colorado,  and  a  student  of  the  University  of  Colorado." 

roUowing  Mr.  Steele's  remarks,  Mr.  Whiteley  spoke  as  follows : 

I  am  reminded  by  the  speaker  that  thel'e  were  men  before  Adam  and 
the  class  of  '82.  I  am  reminded,  too,  of  one  of  our  old  colored  ministers 
who  was  graduated  from  slavery  into  the  pulpit,  and  was  teach- 
ing some  of  his  flock  something  of  those  early  days  back  with  Adam 
and  us,  and  he  said,  "When  de  Lawd^ade  de  fust  man,  he  set  him  up  agen 
de  fence  to  dry."  "Who  made  dat  fence?"  came  from  the  rear.  "Put  dat 
man  out.  Such  questions  as  dat  will  destroy  all  the  theology  in  the  world." 
But  it  seems  there  were  men  who  made  the  fence,  and  to  them,  the  class  of 
'82  freely  pays  its  tribute. 

I  regret,  indeed,  more  than  I  can  convey  to  you,  that  there  are  disap- 
pointments of  to-day,  as  well  as  of  yesterday,  when  the  class  of  '82  were 
expecting  appropriations.  One  of  these  comes  upon  us  in  missing  from 
our  circle,  the  Honorable  James  P.  Maxwell,  to  whom  so  glorious  a  tribute 
was  paid  this  morning,  and  I  can  assure  you  that  when  you  fail  to  see  Mr. 
Maxwell  here,  you  can  be  certain  that  no  engagement  of  business,  or  of 
pleasure,  could  have  called  him  hence,  but  one  of  those  impossible,  almost 
inscrutable,  accidents  or  concurrences  that  demand  his  presence. 

Perhaps  I  may  be  allowed  to  use  a  moment  of  Mr,  Maxwell's  time  in 
speaking  of  the  things  we  learned  back  in  the  early  days.  Duty,  good  citi- 
zenship, was  taught  by  those  men,  back  before  the  Flood,  with  the  class  of 
*82,  obedience  to  law  and  respect  to  those  in  authority — an  easy  lesson  to 
early  students,  because  of  the  lovable  nature  of  those  above  us.  And  so 
well  was  it  learned  that  though  the  precepts  of  the  class  room  have  in  great 
part  faded  from  our  memories,  the  respect  for  our  teachers  which  ripened 
into  love,  was  so  deeply  implanted  that  Time  has  been  impotent  to  tear 
from  it  a  shred  of  its  color,  or  a  trace  of  its  vigor.  The  pioneer  President 
of  the  University  of  Colorado^ — the  heart  of  every  pioneer  student  will  re- 
spond with  throbs  of  harmony  to  the  sentiment:  "May  you  never  hear  of 
trouble  until  you  are  wanted  at  its  wake" — Dr.  Sewall,  the  first  President 
of  the  University.  It  matters  not  how  broad  may  spread  the  branches  of 
our  Alma  Mater,  there  can  nothing  develop  of  grandeur  or  beauty  that  was 
not  inherent  in  the  acorn  you  planted.  Dr.  Sewall. 

In  response  to  the  toast,  Dr.  Sewall  spoke  as  follows : 

Mr.  Toastmaster,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen: — I  am  asked  to  respond  to 
this  toast,  "The  First  Ten  Years  of  the  Life  of  the  University."  The  first  ten 
years  of  the  life  of  the  University  saw — 


'  QUARTO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBEATION.  103 

"iron  dug  from  central  gloom, 
And  heated  hot  with  burning  fears. 
And  dipt  in  baths  of  hissing  tears, 
And  batter'd  with  the  shocks  of  doom." 

That's  what  Tennyson  says  life  is,  and  if  it  is  true,  the  University  of 
Colorado,  in  its  first  ten  years,  saw  a  most  strenuous  life.  And  if  you  were  to 
ask  me,  my  friends,  what  ten  years  of  my  life  were  most  filled  with  sadness, 
disappointment  and  sorrow,  it  is  the  years  that  I  spent  here  upon  these  grounds. 
Not  without  the  glorious  beams  of  sunlight  of  which  others  spoke,  but  on  the 
whole,  they  were  somber.  I  tell  you  that  there  were  a  great  many  things  you 
all  ought  to  know  that  I  haven't  time  to  tell  you.  I  know  that  I  sat  upon  the 
stone  of  these  grounds  and  thought  of  what  Peter  Gottesleben  said,  "I  pity 
Dr.  Sewall."  "Why?"  said  his  friend,  "Because  he  must  either  be  God  or 
fail."  "Why?"  he  said  again.  "Because  if  he  succeeds,  he's  got  to  make 
something  out  of  nothing."  It  was  a  little  irreverent,  but  I  sometimes  think 
it  was  almost  logical.  Now,  I  have  sat  there  and  thought  about  the  pros- 
pect, and  have  read  the  letters  from  our  friends  back  where  I  came  from 
begging  me  to  come  back  to  the  old  institution,  until  I  would  reflect  and 
say,  "No,  that  would  be  cowardly,  and  what  there  is  before  you — "  well,  and 
then — the  tears  would  come,  and  I  couldn't  help  it.  I  know  it  was  foolish. 
It  was  wasteful  of  water,  and  you  know  the  wasting  of  water  in  this  coun- 
try is  an  absolute  crime.  I  can  tell  you  what  I  never  told  any  one  in  my 
life  before,  not  even  members  of  my  own  family.  I  used  to  think,  "How  shall 
I  get  out  of  this?  I  can't  see  a  bright  future,"  And  I  couldn't.  I  will  be 
honest  with  you.  I  couldn't.  I  tried  to  be  hopeful,  but  it  was  bitter  work, 
but  there  was  one  thing  that  I  derived  a  great  deal  of  consolation  from. 
The  family  to  which  I  belonged  consisted  of  six  members.  They  all  died 
but  myself  before  reaching  the  age  of  fifty,  and  I  said,  "Well,  here  I  am 
forty-seven,  going  on  forty-eight,  and  I  guess  there  will  be  a  way  out  of  it 
after  all."  I  tell  you  there  were  a  great  many  troubles  that  you  know  noth- 
ing of,  and  a  great  many  things  for  which  I  am  thankful,  I  shall  never 
cease  to  be  thankful  to  the  Boulder  people  who  loaned  the  planks  that  built 
the  platform  upon  which  stood  the  class  of  '82.  I  remember  another  year 
after  this  class  graduated,  one  of  the  members  of  the  graduating  class, 
having  passed  his  examinations  all  very  well,  came  to  me  and  with  a  very 
sober  look,  said,  "I  shall  not  be  able  to  graduate."  Said  I,  "Why,  sir?  Why? 
What's  the  matter?"  And  he  put  in  the  same  excuse  that  Adam  did  when  he 
and  Eve  had  been  caught  in  that  apple  eating  affair.  He  complained  in 
the  same  way,  "Nothing  to  wear."  It  was  very  important,  because  if  he 
had  failed  to  graduate,  just  one  hundred  per  cent,  of  the  graduating  class 
that  year  would  have  failed  to  stand  upon  the  platform.  Well,  I  told  a 
good  lady  friend  of  mine,  God  bless  her,  and  so  when  Tim  stood  up  there, 
his  suit  was  just  as  black,  and  as  well  fitting,  as  any  graduate  could  have, 
and  I  have  been  told  that  Tim  has  worn  that  suit  for  a  dress-up  suit  ever 


104  UNIVERSITY  OF  COLORADO 

since,  but  I  couldn't  say  about  that.  When  I  think  of  those  boys,  when  I 
think  of  Tim,  I  say,  "You  are  rewarded  somewhat  for  all  that  labor."  I 
want  to  tell  you  about  Tim.  When  Tim  digs  into  the  ground  somewhere 
among  the  shale,  and  he  has  found  something,  and  he  says,  "This  is 
Inoceramus,' "  all  the  paleontologists  of  the  world  simply  bow  and  repeat 
Inoceramus.'  Tim  Stanton  said  so,  and  that  ends  it."  But  summing  this 
all  up,  I  told  you  there  was  a  great  deal  of  sunshine,  notwithstanding  the 
clouds.  In  the  ten  years  that  I  was  connected  with  this  institution,  I  never 
received  anything  from  any  student  but  kindly,  hopeful,  cheerful,  encour- 
aging words.  I  wish  that  every  one  of  them  might  be  here,  that  I  might 
pour  out  my  whole  soul  to  them  in  thanksgiving  for  all  the  kindly  words 
they  have  said  to  me  during  those  ten  years,  and  isn't  it  something  to  be 
proud  of?  I  don't  know  that  I  had  anything  to  do  with  it,  and  yet,  I  feel  it 
is  something  to  be  proud  of,  to  be  the  head  of  an  institution  that  has  turned 
out  so  many  men  that  stand  high  in  the  educational  world,  that  have  won  a 
State  or  even  a  national  reputation.  I  say  the  University  of  Colorado  has 
furnished  more  such  men  in  proportion  to  those  that  have  attended  the 
institution  than  Harvard,  or  Yale,  or  Columbia,  or  Michigan,  or  all  of  them 
put  together,  in  the  last  twenty-five  years,  and  I  say  that  is  something 
to  be  proud  of.  What  I  have  to  say  about  the  past — there  is  a  big  gap,  and 
I  think  the  toastmaster  made  a  mistake,  perhaps,  in  calling  upon  me  to 
speak  of  the  past.  He  should  have  called  on  some  elderly  gentleman  and  let 
a  young,  bright,  hopeful  man  like  myself  speak  for  the  future,  because  there 
is  something  inspiring  in  the  thought  of  the  future,  and  it  is  to  the  future 
that  we  all  look  and  hope  for  great  things.  Especially,  young  men,  let  me 
say  to  you,  that  the  development  of  the  University  of  Colorado,  in  the  last 
twenty-five  years,  or  say  fifteen  years,  has  been  wonderful.  Let  me  say  a 
word,  what  I  meant  to  have  said  when  speaking  of  the  discouragements. 
One  thing  was  the  keeping  up  the  name  and  reputation  of  our  institution  of 
learning  called  a  University.  Once  there  was  a  man  down  in  Southern 
Illinois,  of  not  much  account,  and  he  started  a  tavern,  got  a  log  cabin  on 
the  cross  roads,  and  put  up  a  sign  "Tavern."  He  waited  three  weeks.  By 
and  by  a  man  drove  up  horse-back,  jumped  off,  and  said,  "Put  my  horse 
in  the  barn,  and  give  him  some  oats."  The  man  said,  "Stranger,  we  don't 
keep  oats."  "Oh,  well,  never  mind,  give  him  hay."  "Stranger,  we  don't 
keep  hay."  "Well,"  he  said,  "do  the  best  you  can.  And  give  me  some  ham 
and  eggs."  "Stranger,  we  don't  keep  ham  and  eggs."  "Well,  then  a  bowl 
of  bread  and  milk  will  do."    "We  don't  keep  bread  and  milk."    "Well,"  said 

the  man,  "What  in do  you  keep?"    "Keep?"  he  said,  "Don't  you  see  I 

keep  tavern?"  I  say  that  is  very  much  the  condition  that  we  were  in.  A 
stranger  comes — "Like  to  see  your  library."  "Well,  stranger,  we  haven't 
got  a  library."  "I  would  like  to  see  your  apparatus,  physical  apparatus." 
"Well,  stranger^  we  haven't  got  any  physical  apparatus."  "I  would  like  to 
see  your  chemical  laboratory."  "Well,  stranger,  we  haven't  any  chemical 
laboratory."    "I  am  interested  in  Greek.    I  would  like  to  hear  your  class  In 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  105 

Odyssey."     "Stranger,  we  haven't  any  Odyssey."     "Well,  what  in  thunder 
have  you  got?"   "Got?  Why  we  have  got  a  University," 

I  wanted  to  say  just  one  word  more,  and  I  will  be  through.  As  the 
time  goes  on,  events  culminate  very  rapidly,  and  the  world  is  going  to  see 
greater  changes  in  the  next  fifteen  years  than  it  has  seen  in  a  hundred,  and 
what  is  wanted,  and  what  is  needed  most  of  anything  that  I  know  of,  is 
directed  minds.  We  do  not  need  the  brute  force.  We  do  not  need  the 
impulse.  That  is  given,  that  is  already  furnished.  Instinct  itself  furnished 
it,  but  the  world,  the  masses  of  the  world  are  waking  up  to  this  idea.  What 
is  wanted  is  a  man,  strong,  broad  minded,  directed, — a  man  that  no  in- 
fluence can  turn  from  the  right;  a  man  that  is  strong,  and  so  transparent 
that  every  hod-carrier  can  see  right  through  and  through  him,  and  such 
men,  in  the  times  that  are  coming,  and  are  near  at  hand,  are  worth  millions 
of  dollars  to  this  community  and  to  this  State.  And  so,  the  last  word  that  I 
may  say  to  you  (I  have  spoken  longer  than  I  intended),  is,  be  good,  be 
straight,  be  earnest,  be  honest,  be  strenuous,  and  then,  when  you  have  seen 
the  results  of  your  labors  as  such  men,  and  when  you  reflect  that  much  of 
the  impetus  of  such  a  life,  comes  from  the  institution  here,  then  you  can, 
on  your  dying  bed  say,  "I  am  thankful  for  what  was  put  into  me  by  the 
Faculty  of  the  University  of  Colorado." 

The  Toastmaster  next  said : 

Again  we  meet  a  disappointment.  While  I  must  condole  with  you  on 
the  absence  of  the  Honorable  David  M.  Richards,  who  was  to  address  us,  and 
is  detained  by  sickness,  I  congratulate  you  that  I  have  the  nerve,  not  to 
speak  of  the  will,  to  call  on  General  Irving  Hale  to  respond  to  the  toast,  "The 
Future  of  the  University  of  Colorado." 

General  Irving  Hale  responded  as  follows : 

Mr.  Toastmaster,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen: — I  am  not  in  the  habit  of 
starting  in  on  an  extemporaneous  speech,  on  which  I  have  devoted  two  or 
three  weeks  of  preparation,  to  apologize  for  my  unprepared  condition,  but 
in  this  case,  I  can  truthfully  say  for  once  that  I  had  no  idea  of  saying  any- 
thing when  I  came  here.  I  am  very  glad  to  be  with  you  on  this  occasion. 
The  University  of  Colorado  is  very  near  to  my  heart,  on  account  of  its 
entire  history,  on  account  of  the  early  labors  of  my  old  friend.  Dr.  Sewall, 
in  starting  it  into  existence,  and  providing  for  it  through  the  early  and 
tempestuous  stages,  on  account  of  the  great  work  of  my  old  High-School 
teacher  in  Denver,  Dr.  Baker,  who  has  brought  it  up  to  its  present  state 
of  high  efficiency,  and  also  because  of  the  fact  that  my  father  gave  to  this 
institution  the  last  five  years  of  his  educational  career,  and  did  what  he 
could,  did  his  share  in  placing  it  upon  a  solid  foundation.  I  congratulate 
you  most  cordially  on  the  splendid  growth  of  this  University,  and  on  this 
exceedingly  pleasant  celebration,  which  you  have  just  concluded,  and  which 
began  with  two  days  of  golden  sunshine,  typical  of  one  of  the  colors  of 


106  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 

your  University,  and  has  ended  on  the  last  day  with  the  other  color,  the 
silver  of  the  freshly  fallen  snow.  Mr.  Steele's  reference  to  the  early  days 
and  the  condition  of  this  country  when  the  pioneers  came  here,  and  also 
Dr.  Sewall's  relation  to  the  early  struggles  of  this  institution,  remind  me  of 
that  story  that  Col.  Ingersoll  used  to  tell  in  one  of  his  lectures.  He  dreamed 
he  died  and  went  to  Heaven,  and  he  wandered  around  the  golden  streets 
and  crystal  palaces.  They  didn't  exactly  strike  his  fancy,  and  he  began 
to  make  inquiries  about  the  other  place,  and  asked  if  there  was  any  way 
of  getting  there.  They  said,  "Oh,  yes,  the  electric  cars  run  every  half 
hour."  So  he  jumped  on  an  electric  car  and  went  over,  and  found  the  most 
delightful  place,  roses  and  fountains  and  rivers,  and  he  traveled  along  and 
met  two  men  and  got  into  conversation  with  them,  and  found  they  were 
Voltaire  and  Paine.  He  said,  "Why,  this  isn't  such  a  bad  place  after  all." 
"Oh,  no,"  they  said,  "Not  now,  but  you  ought  to  have  seen  it  before  we 
came  here." 

This  subject.  The  Future  of  the  University,  might,  I  presume,  be  con- 
sidered a  very  easy  one,  for  the  reason  that  when  a  man  talks  of  the  past, 
he  must  confine  himself  to  facts,  but  when  he  talks  of  the  future,  he  can 
give  his  imagination  free  rein,  but  as  I  must  catch  this  4:20  train,  you  are 
guaranteed  against  the  imposition  of  any  long  address.  I  will  not  attempt 
to  enlarge  upon  the  benefits  and  requirements  of  education,  all  of  which  have 
been  so  fully  and  eloquently  discussed,  both  this  morning  and  this  after- 
noon, but  I  think  perhaps  they  can  be  summed  up  pretty  well  in  a  remark  of 
that  eminent  educator,  Mr.  Dooley,  in  his  imaginary  address  to  the  College 
Presidents.  He  said,  "Your  education  has  not  destroyed  all  the  evils  of 
the  wurrld,  and  nobody  asked  you  to."  And  in  reply  to  Mr.  Hennessey's 
question,  "Do  you  believe  in  education,"  he  said,  "Yes,  but  not  as  a  dhrug." 
And  so  I  think  we  all  agree  that  education  is  not  a  drug,  a  cure  of  the  dis- 
eases and  ills  of  mankind,  but  it  is  the  food  and  exercise  which  builds  up 
the  brain  and  leads  it  into  a  healthy  and  active  life,  and  that  is  the  province 
of  this  University.  As  for  its  future,  we  can  only  say  that  it  is  commen- 
surate with  the  future  of  this  great  Western  country.  There  is  no  need 
of  expanding  on  the  great  resources  of  this  region.  We  all  know  them.  We 
have  the  precious  metals,  gold  and  silver,  the  other  metals,  lead  and  copper 
and  iron,  and  great  coal  beds  and  building  stone  and  brick  and  timber  and 
cattle  and  agricultural  and  horticultural  facilities  which  are  limited  only 
by  the  limits  of  irrigation  (this,  by  the  way,  is  part  of  the  speech  that  I 
prepared  for  the  Real  Estate  banquet  last  Monday  night).  The  province  of 
this  University,  and  of  our  entire  school  system,  is  to  educate  and  turn  out 
men  and  women  who  can  develop  all  those  resources  and  more.  We  want 
engineers  to  build  railroads,  and  tunnels,  and  to  get  the  metals  out  of  our 
mines.  We  want  lawyers  to  get  the  miners  and  the  farmers  out  of  their 
diflBculties,  or  get  them  into  them.  We  want  doctors  to  treat  the  invalids 
who  come  to  us  from  Eastern  states.  We  want  ministers.  We  want  all 
the  professions,  but  more  perhaps  than  all  that,  we  want  to  turn  out  men 


QUAETO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION.  107 

and  women  wlio  will  go  forth  into  every  walk  of  professional  and  business 
life,  and  will  disseminate  through  the  entire  mass  the  leaven  of  education 
and  intelligence,  men  and  women  who  will  not  only  develop  our  resources 
and  make  this  Western  country  great  in  a  material  way,  hut  men  and  women 
who  will  raise  the  standards  of  citizenship,  who  will  give  us  good  govern- 
ment, and  who  will  make  this  Western  country  truly  typical  of  Western 
Americanism. 

Mr.  Whiteley  closed  with  the  following  remarks : 

It  now  becomes  my  duty  to  offer  a  word  of  felicitation  on  the  fact 
that  we  have  those  who  might  be  heard  from,  of  the  University 
alumni.  Regretting  that  we  cannot  receive  something  from  some  of  the 
brilliant  lights  kindled  at  these  altars,  I  can  say  to  you,  perhaps  in  the  lan- 
guage that  I  would  use  were  I  dismissing  a  banquet  of  Greek  letter  society 
men,  in  the  language  of  the  widow's  inscription  on  the  monument  above 
her  deceased  husband's  grave,  "Rest  in  peace  until  we  meet  again," 


108  UNIVERSITY    OF    COLORADO 


DELEGATES. 

The  following  institutions  appointed  delegates  to  attend  the  Quarto- 
Centennial  celebration : 

Aagustana  College,  Illinois — Eev.  Dr.  Gr.  A.  Brandelle. 

Carlton  Callege,  Minnesota — Eev.  W.  S.  Hunt. 

Central  College,  Missouri — Mr.  T.  Berry  Smith. 

Colorado  Agricultural  College — President  Barton  0.  Aylesworth, 
A.  M.,  LL.  D. 

Colorado  College — President  William  F.  Slocum,  D.  D.,  LL.  D. 

Colorado  Normal  School — President  Z.  X.  Snyder,  Ph.  D. 

Colorado  School  of  Mines — President  Charles  S.  Palmer,  Ph.  D. 

Columbia  University — Frederic  S.  Lee,  Ph.  D.,  Adjunct  Professor 
of  Physiology. 

Cornell  University — President  Jacob  Gould  Schurman,  D.  Sc, 
LL.  D. 

Leland  Stanford  Junior  University — Martin  H.  Kennedy,  A.  B. 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology — Mr.  Frank  E.  Shepard. 

St.  Louis  Law  School — Frederick  N".  Judson,  M.  A.,  LL.  B. 

United  States  Military  Academy — ^Lieutenant-Colonel  J.  W.  Pope, 
U.  S.  A. 

University  of  Chicago — Frank  Frost  Abbott,  Ph.  D.,  Professor  of 
Latin. 

University  of  Denver — Ammi  B.  Hyde,  M.  A.,  S.  T.  D.,  Professor 
of  Creek;  Hon.  Joseph  C.  Shattuck,  Ph.  D. 

University  of  Idaho — President  James  A.  MacLean,  Ph.  D. 

University  of  Iowa — Chief  Justice  John  Campbell,  M.  A.,  LL.  B. 

University  of  Maine — Mr.  Frank  E.  Kidder. 

University  of  Michigan — Judge  Owen  E.  LeFevre;  Henry  Sewall, 
A.  M.,  M.  D. 

University  of  Missouri — President  Richard  H.  Jesse,  LL.  D. 

University  of  Nebraska — Laurence  Fossler.  M.  A.,  Professor  of 
Germanic  Languages. 

University  of  Texas — William  M.  Wheeler,  Ph.  D.,  Professor  of 
Zoology. 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL  CELEBRATION.  109 

University  of  Wisconsin — Dugald  C.  Jackson,  C.  E.,  Professor  of 
Electrical  Engineering. 

William  Jewell  College,  Missouri — Mr.  Van  Eonse. 

Yale  University — Professor  J.  Raymond  Brackett,  Ph.  D. 


HISTORICAL  DATA. 

The  University  opened  September  5,  1877,  with  two  instructors  and 
forty-four  students.  Dr.  Joseph  A.  Sewall  was  President,  having  been  elected 
on  the  28th  of  the  preceding  March.  There  were  two  departments.  Normal 
and  Preparatory.  In  later  years  the  Normal  School  was  dropped  and  the 
Preparatory  School  removed  from  the  Campus  and  given  a  separate  organ- 
ization, grounds  and  building. 

The  bill  for  the  establishment  of  the  University  was  introduced  in  the 
House  October  26,  1861,  by  Hon.  Charles  F.  Holly  of  Boulder  County.  In 
1868  substantially  the  same  bill  was  re-enacted. 

On  January  29,  1870,  the  Trustees  met  at  Boulder  and  organized  under 
the  law. 

In  1871  the  University  Campus,  fifty-two  acres,  was  donated  by  Marinus 
Gr.  Smith,  George  A.  Andrews  and  Anthony  Amett,  all  citizens  of  Boulder. 

In  1874  the  Territorial  Legislature  appropriated  $15,000  for  the  Univer- 
sity, on  condition  that  citizens  of  Boulder  would  subscribe  and  pay  into  the 
treasury  an  equal  sum.  This  condition  was  met  and  in  May,  1875,  the  en- 
tire $30,000  was  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  University.  In  March,  1875,  Con- 
gress had  set  apart  seventy-two  sections  of  public  land  within  the  Territory 
for  a  University  endowment  fund.  In  the  following  September  the  corner 
stone  of  the  present  Main  Building  was  laid  with  imposing  ceremonies;  in 
April,  1876,  this  building  was  completed  and  formally  accepted. 

The  Constitution  of  Colorado,  adopted  in  1876,  provided  that  the  Uni- 
versity should  become  an  institution  of  the  State.  The  first  General  As- 
sembly provided  for  its  organization  and  set  apart  a  one-fifth  mill  levy  for 
its  support.  On  December  26,  1876,  the  first  meeting  of  the  newly  appointed 
Board  of  Regents  was  held  in  Governor  Routt's  office  in  Denver.  At  this 
time  the  population  of  the  State  was  135,000  and  its  assessed  valuation  was 
$44,180,205. 

In  1878  a  Collegiate  department  was  opened  with  ten  freshmen.  A 
Classical  Course  and  a  Scientific  Course  were  offered;  a  Latin-Scientific 
Course  was  added  three  years  later. 

In  May,  1882,  the  first  degrees  were  conferred:  D.  D.,  W.  E.  Hamilton; 
B.  A.,  Henry  A.  Drumm,  Oscar  B.  Jackson,  James  J.  McFarland,  John  J. 
Mellette,  Harold  D.  Thompson,  and  Richard  H.  Whiteley. 

The  Medical  School  opened  September  5,  1883, 


110  UI^IVERSITY  OF  COLORADO. 

November  5,  1886,  Horace  M.  Hale  was  elected  President,  to  begin 
service  July  1,  1887. 

Woodbury  Hall  was  opened  September,  1890. 

The  Hale  Scientific  Building  was  partially  completed  in  1891. 

In  January,  1892,  James  H.  Baker  entered  upon  his  duties  as  President. 

In  September,  1892,  the  Law  School  opened,  Judge  Moses  Hallett  being 
Dean. 

In  the  fall  of  1893  the  School  of  Applied  Science  opened,  Henry  Fulton 
being  acting  Dean. 

April  16,  1898,  the  Engineering  Building,  Chemistry  Building  and  Gym- 
nasium were  dedicated. 

November  19,  1898,  the  University  Hospital  was  dedicated. 

September  2,  1902,  the  Library  Building  was  begun. 

The  departments  of  the  University  are  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts, 
the  Graduate  School,  the  School  of  Applied  Science,  the  School  of  Medicine, 
and  the  School  of  Law. 

There  are  thirteen  buildings:  Main,  Library  (in  process  of  construc- 
tion), Hale  Scientific,  Engineering,  Chemical,  Medical,  Anatomical,  Hospital, 
Woodbury  Hall  (men's  dormitory).  Cottage  Number  One  (ladies'  dormitory). 
Cottage  Number  Two  (ladies'  dormitory),  Gymnasium,  and  President's 
House. 

The  enrollment  of  students  for  the  present  year  is  estimated  at  550 
in  the  University  and  375  in  the  State  Preparatory  School;  total  925.  There 
are  105  professors,  lecturers  and  instructors. 


QUARTO-CENTENNIAL    CELEBRATION.  Ill 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Account  of  Entire  Celebration 5 

Adams,  Mme.  Suzanne 30 

Alumni  Dinner   * 99 

Applied  Science,  School  of 51 

Baker,  President  James  H.,  Address  by 70,  87 

Baker,  President  James  H.,  Introduction  of  Speakers  at  General  Exercises  75 

Baker,  President  James  H.,  Remarks  at  Law  School  Exercises 7,  8,  12 

Brackett,  Prof.  J.  Raymond,  Remarks  by 97 

Brandelle,  Rev.  Dr.  G.  A.,  Remarks  by 90 

Campbell,  Judge  John,  Remarks  by 8 

Charter  of  University  of  Colorado,  Mentioned  by  President  Schurman ...  76 

Concert,  Quarto  Centennial 30 

Contents 3 

Delegates  from  Other  Institutions,  List  of 108 

Delegates  from  Other  Institutions,  Addresses  by 90-98 

Dinner,  Alumni  99 

Engineering  School,  Exercises  of 51 

Engineering  Schools,  Potency  of  and  Imperfections 53 

Exercises  of  the  School  of  Applied  Science 51 

Exercises  of  Law  School 7 

Exercises  of  Medical  School 31 

Fossler,  Prof.  Laurence,  Remarks  by 94 

General  Exercises   69 

GiflSn,  Dean  Luman  M.,  Address  by 31J 

Hale,  Gen.  Irving,  Address  by 105 

Hallett,  Judge  Moses,  Remarks  by 8 

Hellems,  Dean,  Announcement  by 98 

Historical  Data 109 

Historical  Addresses 9,  31,  51,  70 

Hyde,  Dr.  Ammi  B.,  Remarks  by 92 

Jackson,  Prof.  Dugald  C,  Address  by 53 

Jackson,  Prof.  Dugald  C,  Remarks  at  General  Exercises 96 

Judson,  Mr.  Frederick  N.,  Address  by 12 

Langs,  Mr.  John  Pierce 30 

Law  School,  Exercises  of 7 

Lee,  Prof.  Frederic  S.,  Address  by 33 


112  UlsTIVEESITY    OF    COLORADO. 

PAGE 

Le  Pevre,  Judge  Owen,  Remarks  by .' 93 

Medical  School,  Exercises  of 31 

Modern  Medicine,  the  Scientific  Aspect  of 33 

Officers  of  the  Board  of  Regents 2 

Orman,  Gov.  James  B.,  Address  by 87 

Potency  of  Engineering  Schools,  etc 53 

Parade,  Students'  66 

Pope,  Lieut.-Col.  J.  W.,  Remarks  by 95 

Programme  of  Exercises 4 

Quarter  Century  of  American  Jurisprudence 12 

Quarto-Centennial  Concert   30 

Receptions  and  Reunions 67 

Reed,  Prof.  A.  A.,  Address  by 9 

Regents  of  the  University 2 

Rowe,  Dean  George  H.,  Address  by 51 

School  of  Applied  Science 51 

School  of  Law,  Exercises  of 7 

School  of  Medicine,  Exercises  of 31 

Schurman,  President  Jacob  Gould,  Address  by 75 

Science,  Applied,  School  of '. 51 

Scientific  Aspect  of  Modern  Medicine 33 

Sewall,  Dr.  Joseph  A.,  Address  by,  at  Alumni  Dinner     102 

Sewall,  Dr.  Joseph  A.,  Remarks  at  General  Exercises 87 

Shattuck,  Hon.  Joseph  C,  Remarks  by 92 

Shepard,  Mr.  Frank  E.,  Remarks  by ^ 97 

Slocum,  President  William  F.,  Remarks  by 91 

Snyder,  President  Z.  X.,  Remarks  by 91 

Steele,  Mr.  Hugh  R.,  Address  by 100 

Stern,  Mr.  Leo 30 

Students'  Parade   66 

Toasts  at  Alumni  Dinner 99 

Van  Rouse,  Mr.,  Remarks  by 96 

Whiteley,  Mr.  Richard  H.,  Remarks  as  Toastmaster 99,  102,  105,  107 


'K- 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS    C 


0  029  914  735  6 


V/.  F.  ROBIIfSON  PTG.  CO.,  DENVER.